initial export from old svn
This commit is contained in:
commit
338382be79
67 changed files with 12304 additions and 0 deletions
1417
doxygen/Doxyfile
Normal file
1417
doxygen/Doxyfile
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
674
ia/COPYING
Normal file
674
ia/COPYING
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
12
ia/Changelog
Normal file
12
ia/Changelog
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
|||
Version 0.1
|
||||
Written in Python
|
||||
Quite working referee
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.2
|
||||
Rewritten in C
|
||||
Working referee
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.3
|
||||
Can finish a match and name the winner
|
||||
Implementation des arguments
|
||||
|
49
ia/Makefile
Normal file
49
ia/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
|||
OPTS = -g -Wall #-pedantic
|
||||
|
||||
default: all
|
||||
all: libs olono
|
||||
|
||||
libs: libIA libDisplay libPlay libCases libIA-dumb
|
||||
|
||||
olono:main.o
|
||||
gcc -o olono main.o ../lib/libCases.so ../lib/libIA.so ../lib/libDisplay.so ../lib/libPlay.so $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o olono-dumb main.o ../lib/libCases.so ../lib/libIA-dumb.so ../lib/libDisplay.so ../lib/libPlay.so $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libIA:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libIA.c -o ../lib/libIA.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libIA.so -shared ../lib/libIA.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libIA-dumb:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libIA-dumb.c -o ../lib/libIA-dumb.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libIA-dumb.so -shared ../lib/libIA-dumb.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libDisplay:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libDisplay.c -o ../lib/libDisplay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libDisplay.so -shared ../lib/libDisplay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libPlay:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libPlay.c -o ../lib/libPlay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libPlay.so -shared ../lib/libPlay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libCases:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libCases.c -o ../lib/libCases.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libCases.so -shared ../lib/libCases.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
main.o:
|
||||
gcc -c main.c $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
doc:
|
||||
doxygen ../doxygen/Doxyfile
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C ../doxygen/latex -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -v *.o
|
||||
rm -v ./olono
|
||||
|
||||
mrproper:
|
||||
rm -v ../lib/*.so
|
||||
rm -v *.o
|
||||
rm -v ./olono
|
||||
rm -v ./olono-dumb
|
||||
rm -vR ../doxygen/html ../doxygen/latex
|
||||
|
45
ia/Makefile-dumb
Normal file
45
ia/Makefile-dumb
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
|||
OPTS = -g
|
||||
|
||||
default: all
|
||||
all: libs olono-dumb
|
||||
|
||||
libs: libIA libDisplay libPlay libCases
|
||||
|
||||
olono-dumb:main.o
|
||||
gcc -o olono-dumb main.o ../lib/libCases.so ../lib/libIA-dumb.so ../lib/libDisplay.so ../lib/libPlay.so $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libIA:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libIA-dumb.c -o ../lib/libIA-dumb.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libIA-dumb.so -shared ../lib/libIA-dumb.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libDisplay:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libDisplay.c -o ../lib/libDisplay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libDisplay.so -shared ../lib/libDisplay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libPlay:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libPlay.c -o ../lib/libPlay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libPlay.so -shared ../lib/libPlay.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
libCases:
|
||||
gcc -c ../lib/libCases.c -o ../lib/libCases.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
gcc -o ../lib/libCases.so -shared ../lib/libCases.o $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
main.o:
|
||||
gcc -c main.c $(OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
doc:
|
||||
doxygen ../doxygen/Doxyfile
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C ../doxygen/latex -f Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -v *.o
|
||||
rm -v ./olono-dumb
|
||||
|
||||
mrproper:
|
||||
rm -v ../lib/libPlay.so ../lib/libPlay.o
|
||||
rm -v ../lib/libDisplay.so ../lib/libDisplay.o
|
||||
rm -v ../lib/libIA-dumb.so ../lib/libIA-dumb.o
|
||||
rm -v *.o
|
||||
rm -v ./olono-dumb
|
||||
rm -vR ../doxygen/html ../doxygen/latex
|
||||
|
523
ia/bouchon.c
Normal file
523
ia/bouchon.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
|
|||
#include<stdio.h>
|
||||
#include<stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include<string.h>
|
||||
#include<unistd.h>
|
||||
#include<sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include<sys/wait.h>
|
||||
#include<sys/select.h>
|
||||
#include<sys/time.h>
|
||||
#include<sys/resource.h>
|
||||
#include<signal.h>
|
||||
#include<errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int joueHM(int taille, char * p2, char *log);
|
||||
int joueMH(int taille, char * p1, char *log);
|
||||
int joueMM(int taille, char * p1, char * p2, char *log);
|
||||
int dansGrille(char col ,int lig, int taille);
|
||||
void finMachineSimple(int from1, char *nom1, int status, int from2, int to2, int pid2, char *nom2, FILE *logFile);
|
||||
int safeWrite(int fd, char *s);
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char *argv[]){
|
||||
|
||||
int taille;
|
||||
char joueur1, joueur2, trace, rep;
|
||||
char *path1 = NULL, *path2 = NULL;
|
||||
char *logFile = NULL;
|
||||
signal(SIGPIPE,SIG_IGN); /* on ignore les signaux de tube ferme */
|
||||
printf("Bonjour\n");
|
||||
printf("procedure simplifiee ? (O/N): ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c",&rep);
|
||||
if (rep == 'N') {
|
||||
/* filtre de saisie: taille impaire, entre 5 et 25 */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("Quelle est la taille (impaire) pour la grille ? ");
|
||||
scanf("%d",&taille);
|
||||
} while ((taille%2 ==0)||(taille>26)||(taille<4));
|
||||
/* filtre de saisie: premier joueur humain ou programme */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("Qui joue les blancs ? Humain ? Machine ? (H/M): ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c",&joueur1);
|
||||
} while ((joueur1 != 'H') && (joueur1 != 'M'));
|
||||
/* filtre de saisie: second joueur humain ou programme */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("Qui joue les noirs ? Humain ? Machine ? (H/M): ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c",&joueur2);
|
||||
} while ((joueur2 != 'H') && (joueur2 != 'M'));
|
||||
|
||||
if (joueur1 == 'M'){
|
||||
/* le chemin d'acces au programme joueur 1 */
|
||||
path1 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
printf("Veuillez entrer le chemin du programme joueur 1: ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",path1);
|
||||
while(access(path1,R_OK|X_OK|F_OK) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("Ce fichier n'existe pas ou bien n'est pas executable\n");
|
||||
printf("Veuillez entrer le chemin du programme joueur 1: ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",path1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (joueur2 == 'M'){
|
||||
/* le chemin d'acces au programme joueur 2 */
|
||||
|
||||
path2 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
printf("Veuillez entrer le chemin du programme joueur 2: ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",path2);
|
||||
while(access(path2,R_OK|X_OK|F_OK) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("Ce fichier n'existe pas ou bien n'est pas executable\n");
|
||||
printf("Veuillez entrer le chemin du programme joueur 2: ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",path2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* si jamais on veut une trace: non implementee pour l'instant */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("voulez-vous enregistrer la trace d'execution ? (O/N): ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c",&trace);
|
||||
} while (trace != 'O' && trace != 'N');
|
||||
|
||||
if (trace == 'O'){
|
||||
logFile = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
printf("Veuillez entrer le chemin du fichier de log: ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else { /* remplissage par defaut */
|
||||
joueur1 = 'M';
|
||||
joueur2 = 'M';
|
||||
taille = 25;
|
||||
path1 = malloc(30*sizeof(char));
|
||||
strcpy(path1,"./olono");
|
||||
path2 = malloc(30*sizeof(char));
|
||||
strcpy(path2,"./olono-rand");
|
||||
logFile = malloc(30*sizeof(char));
|
||||
strcpy(logFile,"test");
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* maintenant on a toutes les informations qu'il faut */
|
||||
/* pour l'instant, on n'implemente pas le fichier de log */
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
if ((joueur1 == 'H') && (joueur2 == 'H')){
|
||||
printf("Deux joueurs humains, ce n'est pas mon boulot\n");
|
||||
} else if((joueur1 == 'H') && (joueur2 == 'M')) {
|
||||
printf("Humain contre machine (%s), taille %d\n",path2,taille);
|
||||
retval = joueHM(taille,path2,logFile);
|
||||
} else if((joueur1 == 'M') && (joueur2 == 'H')) {
|
||||
printf("Machine (%s) contre humain, taille %d\n",path1,taille);
|
||||
retval = joueMH(taille,path1,logFile);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("Machine (%s) contre machine (%s)\n",path1,path2);
|
||||
retval = joueMM(taille,path1,path2,logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\n\nLe jeu est termine ! \n\n");
|
||||
free(path1);
|
||||
free(path2);
|
||||
free(logFile);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int dansGrille(char col, int lig, int taille){
|
||||
return (((col -'A') >= 0) && ((col - 'A') < taille) &&
|
||||
(lig >= 0) && (lig < taille));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* jeu d'un homme contre une machine */
|
||||
int joueHM(int taille, char *p2, char *log){
|
||||
int versProgramme[2]; /* tube pour envoyer des infos VERS le programme */
|
||||
int deProgramme[2]; /* tube pour recuperer des infos DEPUIS le programme */
|
||||
FILE *logFile = NULL;
|
||||
if (log != NULL){
|
||||
printf("fichier d'enregistrement: %s\n",log);
|
||||
logFile = fopen(log,"w");
|
||||
}
|
||||
pipe(versProgramme);
|
||||
pipe(deProgramme);
|
||||
int pid = fork();
|
||||
if (pid == -1){
|
||||
perror("Fork n'a pas reussi\n");
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
} else if (pid == 0){
|
||||
/* on est l'enfant: lancer le programme apres avoir
|
||||
* redirige entree et sortie standard vers les tubes */
|
||||
dup2(versProgramme[0],STDIN_FILENO);
|
||||
dup2(deProgramme[1],STDOUT_FILENO);
|
||||
close(versProgramme[1]); // pas besoin de lire ce qu'on ecrit
|
||||
close(deProgramme[0]); // et inversement
|
||||
char t[40];
|
||||
sprintf(t,"%d",taille);
|
||||
execlp(p2,p2,t,"grilleOn","ia","N",(char *) NULL);
|
||||
perror("Pas reussi a executer le programme. Desole");
|
||||
free(p2);
|
||||
exit(-4);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* on est le pere et pid est le pid du fils */
|
||||
/* on recupere les infos du tube. On veut bien sur aussi
|
||||
* garder entree et sortie standard */
|
||||
close(versProgramme[0]);
|
||||
close(deProgramme[1]);
|
||||
printf("Vous etes les blancs, vous commencez\n");
|
||||
char *coupBlanc = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char *coupNoir = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
coupNoir[512] = '\0';
|
||||
char colonneB, colonneN;
|
||||
int ligneB, ligneN;
|
||||
int nbRead;
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int changed;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
changed = waitpid(pid,&status,WNOHANG); // on regarde si le fils n'a pas termine
|
||||
if (changed == 0) {
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("Votre coup (blancs) : ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",coupBlanc);
|
||||
colonneB = coupBlanc[0];
|
||||
sscanf(coupBlanc+1,"%d",&ligneB);
|
||||
} while (dansGrille(colonneB,ligneB,taille) == 0);
|
||||
printf("Vous jouez le coup: %s\n",coupBlanc);
|
||||
write(versProgramme[1],coupBlanc,strlen(coupBlanc));
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupBlanc);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* attente bloquante */
|
||||
nbRead = read(deProgramme[0],coupNoir,512);
|
||||
printf("Lu %d caracteres\n",nbRead);
|
||||
if (nbRead >= 5){
|
||||
printf("Les noirs declarent %s\n",coupNoir);
|
||||
} else { /* un coup legal */
|
||||
printf("Les noirs jouent %s\n",coupNoir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupNoir);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("Les noirs ont termine de jouer: %d\n",WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (changed == 0);
|
||||
/* on continue tant que le fils n'a pas termine */
|
||||
/* puis on libere tout */
|
||||
free(coupNoir);
|
||||
free(coupBlanc);
|
||||
close(versProgramme[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgramme[0]);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* jeu d'une machine contre un homme */
|
||||
int joueMH(int taille, char *p1, char *log){
|
||||
int versProgramme[2]; /* tube pour envoyer des infos VERS le programme */
|
||||
int deProgramme[2]; /* tube pour recuperer des infos DEPUIS le programme */
|
||||
FILE *logFile = NULL;
|
||||
if (log != NULL){
|
||||
printf("fichier d'enregistrement: %s\n",log);
|
||||
logFile = fopen(log,"w");
|
||||
}
|
||||
pipe(versProgramme);
|
||||
pipe(deProgramme);
|
||||
int pid = fork();
|
||||
if (pid == -1){
|
||||
perror("Fork n'a pas reussi\n");
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
} else if (pid == 0){
|
||||
/* on est l'enfant: lancer le programme apres avoir
|
||||
* redirige entree et sortie standard vers les tubes */
|
||||
dup2(versProgramme[0],STDIN_FILENO);
|
||||
dup2(deProgramme[1],STDOUT_FILENO);
|
||||
close(versProgramme[1]); // pas besoin d ecrire ce qu'on lit
|
||||
close(deProgramme[0]); // et inversement
|
||||
char t[40];
|
||||
sprintf(t,"%d",taille);
|
||||
execlp(p1,p1,t,"grilleOn","ia","B",(char *) NULL);
|
||||
perror("Pas reussi a executer le programme. Desole");
|
||||
free(p1);
|
||||
exit(-4);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* on est le pere et pid est le pid du fils */
|
||||
/* on recupere les infos du tube. On veut bien sur aussi
|
||||
* garder entree et sortie standard */
|
||||
close(versProgramme[0]);
|
||||
close(deProgramme[1]);
|
||||
printf("Vous etes les noirs, vous jouez en second\n");
|
||||
char *coupBlanc = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char *coupNoir = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
coupBlanc[512] = '\0';
|
||||
char colonneB, colonneN;
|
||||
int ligneB, ligneN;
|
||||
int nbRead;
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int changed;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
changed = waitpid(pid,&status,WNOHANG); // on regarde si le fils n'a pas termine
|
||||
if (changed == 0) {
|
||||
/* attente bloquante ??? */
|
||||
nbRead = read(deProgramme[0],coupBlanc,512*sizeof(char));
|
||||
if (nbRead >= 5){
|
||||
printf("Les blancs declarent: %s",coupBlanc);
|
||||
} else { /* un coup legal */
|
||||
printf("Les blancs jouent: %s",coupBlanc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupBlanc);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
changed = waitpid(pid,&status,WNOHANG); // on teste encore une fois le fils
|
||||
if (changed == 0) {
|
||||
do {
|
||||
printf("Votre coup (noirs) : ");
|
||||
scanf("%s",coupNoir);
|
||||
colonneN = coupNoir[0];
|
||||
sscanf(coupNoir+1,"%d",&ligneN);
|
||||
} while (dansGrille(colonneN,ligneN,taille) == 0);
|
||||
printf("Vous jouez le coup: %s\n",coupNoir);
|
||||
write(versProgramme[1],coupNoir,strlen(coupNoir));
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupNoir);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("Les blancs ont termine de jouer: %d\n",WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (changed == 0);
|
||||
/* on continue tant que les blancs n'ont pas termine */
|
||||
/* puis on libere tout */
|
||||
free(coupNoir);
|
||||
free(coupBlanc);
|
||||
close(versProgramme[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgramme[0]);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int joueMM(int taille, char *p1, char *p2, char *log){
|
||||
FILE *logFile = NULL;
|
||||
if (log != NULL){
|
||||
printf("fichier d'enregistrement: %s\n",log);
|
||||
logFile = fopen(log,"w");
|
||||
}
|
||||
int versProgrammeA[2], versProgrammeB[2];
|
||||
int deProgrammeA[2], deProgrammeB[2];
|
||||
pipe(versProgrammeA);
|
||||
pipe(deProgrammeA);
|
||||
int pidA = fork();
|
||||
if (pidA == -1){
|
||||
perror("Fork n'a pas reussi");
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
} else if (pidA == 0){
|
||||
/* fils A: les blancs */
|
||||
dup2(versProgrammeA[0],STDIN_FILENO);
|
||||
dup2(deProgrammeA[1],STDOUT_FILENO);
|
||||
close(versProgrammeA[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeA[0]);
|
||||
fclose(logFile);
|
||||
char t[40];
|
||||
sprintf(t,"%d",taille);
|
||||
execlp(p1,p1,t,"grilleOn","ia","B",(char *) NULL);
|
||||
perror("Pas reussi a executer le programme A. Desole");
|
||||
return -4;
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* pere */
|
||||
pipe(versProgrammeB);
|
||||
pipe(deProgrammeB);
|
||||
close(versProgrammeA[0]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeA[1]);
|
||||
int pidB = fork();
|
||||
if (pidB == -1){
|
||||
perror("Fork 2 n'a pas reussi");
|
||||
return -1; /* le fils A est tue quand le pere meurt */
|
||||
} else if (pidB == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* fils B: les noirs */
|
||||
close(versProgrammeA[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeA[0]);
|
||||
close(versProgrammeB[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeB[0]);
|
||||
fclose(logFile);
|
||||
dup2(versProgrammeB[0],STDIN_FILENO);
|
||||
dup2(deProgrammeB[1],STDOUT_FILENO);
|
||||
char t[40];
|
||||
sprintf(t,"%d",taille);
|
||||
execlp(p2,p2,t,"grilleOff","ia","N",(char *) NULL);
|
||||
perror("Pas reussi a executer le programme B. Desole");
|
||||
return -5;
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* le pere */
|
||||
close(versProgrammeB[0]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeB[1]);
|
||||
char *coupBlanc = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char *coupNoir = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
int nbRead;
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int changed;
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
changed = waitpid(pidA,&status,WNOHANG);
|
||||
if (changed == 0) {
|
||||
nbRead = read(deProgrammeA[0],coupBlanc,512);
|
||||
coupBlanc[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
if (nbRead >= 5){
|
||||
printf("Les blancs declarent: %s",coupBlanc);
|
||||
} else { /* un coup legal: colonne, ligne, \n et \0 */
|
||||
printf("Les blancs jouent: %s",coupBlanc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
safeWrite(versProgrammeB[1],coupBlanc);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupBlanc);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
changed = waitpid(pidB,&status,WNOHANG);
|
||||
if (changed == 0){
|
||||
nbRead = read(deProgrammeB[0],coupNoir,512);
|
||||
coupNoir[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
if (nbRead >= 5){
|
||||
printf("Les noirs declarent: %s",coupNoir);
|
||||
} else { /* un coup legal: colonne, ligne, \n et \0 */
|
||||
printf("Les noirs jouent: %s",coupNoir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* tester si on peut ecrire avant de le faire ! Sinon ca plante */
|
||||
safeWrite(versProgrammeA[1],coupNoir);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coupNoir);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
finMachineSimple(deProgrammeB[0],"noirs",status,deProgrammeA[0],versProgrammeA[1],pidA,"blancs",logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
finMachineSimple(deProgrammeA[0],"blancs",status,deProgrammeB[0],versProgrammeB[1],pidB,"noirs",logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (changed == 0);
|
||||
free(coupNoir);
|
||||
free(coupBlanc);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,"\n---- partie terminee ----\n ");
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
fclose(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
close(versProgrammeA[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeA[0]);
|
||||
close(versProgrammeB[1]);
|
||||
close(deProgrammeB[0]);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} // fin second fork
|
||||
} // fin premier fork
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void finMachineSimple(int from1, char *nom1, int status, int from2, int to2, int pid2, char *nom2, FILE *logFile){
|
||||
int nbRead;
|
||||
char *coup1 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char *coup2 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
struct rusage infoFils;
|
||||
double uFils1, sFils1, uFils2, sFils2;
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont termine de jouer: %d!\n",nom1,WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN,&infoFils);
|
||||
/* on recupere des secondes et des micro secondes pour le temps CPU passe
|
||||
* en calculs utilisateurs et en appel de fonctions systeme du fils 1 */
|
||||
sFils1 = ((double) infoFils.ru_stime.tv_sec) + ((double) infoFils.ru_stime.tv_usec)/1000000;
|
||||
uFils1 = ((double) infoFils.ru_utime.tv_sec) + ((double) infoFils.ru_utime.tv_usec)/1000000;
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont utilise %lf sec de systeme et %lf de temps utilisateur\n",
|
||||
nom1,sFils1,uFils1);
|
||||
nbRead = read(from1,coup1,512);
|
||||
if (nbRead > 0){
|
||||
coup1[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont un dernier message: %s",nom1,coup1);
|
||||
safeWrite(to2,coup1);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coup1);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
sleep(1); /* on attend une seconde que l'autre ait aussi termine ! */
|
||||
if (waitpid(pid2,&status,WNOHANG) == 0){
|
||||
printf("Cependant, les %s n'ont pas termine de jouer ... tant pis.\n",nom2);
|
||||
/* on les tue */
|
||||
kill(pid2,SIGKILL);
|
||||
waitpid(pid2,&status,WNOHANG);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("Les %s on aussi termine: %d!\n",nom2,WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
}
|
||||
getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN,&infoFils);
|
||||
/* idem, sauf qu'on recupere la somme du fils 1 et du fils 2 ... */
|
||||
sFils2 = ((double) infoFils.ru_stime.tv_sec) + ((double) infoFils.ru_stime.tv_usec)/1000000;
|
||||
uFils2 = ((double) infoFils.ru_utime.tv_sec) + ((double) infoFils.ru_utime.tv_usec)/1000000;
|
||||
/* idem, sauf qu'on recupere la somme du fils 1 et du fils 2 */
|
||||
sFils2 = sFils2 - sFils1;
|
||||
uFils2 = uFils2 - uFils1;
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont utilise %lf sec de systeme et %lf de temps utilisateur\n",
|
||||
nom2,sFils2,uFils2);
|
||||
nbRead = read(from2,coup2,512);
|
||||
if(nbRead > 0){
|
||||
coup2[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont un dernier message: %s",nom2,coup2);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coup2);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ecrit de facon "sure" dans un tube: si on essaie d'ecrire dans un tube *
|
||||
* ferme, on recoit un signal qui fait terminer le programme */
|
||||
/* retourne le nombre de caracteres ecrit et -1 si ca s'est mal passe */
|
||||
int safeWrite(int fd, char *s){
|
||||
if (write(fd,s,strlen(s)) == -1)
|
||||
printf("Impossible d'ecrire dans le tube: il est ferme en lecture\n");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* vieux machin complique et qui marche pas
|
||||
|
||||
void finMachine(int from1, char *nom1, int status, int from2, int to2, int pid2, char *nom2, FILE *logFile){
|
||||
int nbRead;
|
||||
fd_set set;
|
||||
struct timeval timeout = {1,0};// timeout a 1 seconde
|
||||
char *coup1 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char *coup2 = malloc(513 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont termine de jouer: %d!\n",nom1,WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
FD_ZERO(&set);
|
||||
FD_SET(from1,&set);
|
||||
// s'il y a encore des choses a lire
|
||||
if (select(from1+1,&set,NULL,NULL,&timeout) == 0){
|
||||
printf("Les %s n'ont rien d'autre a ajouter\n",nom1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
nbRead = read(from1,coup1,512);
|
||||
coup1[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont un dernier message: %s",nom1,coup1);
|
||||
safeWrite(to2,coup1);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coup1);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (waitpid(pid2,&status,WNOHANG) == 0){
|
||||
printf("Cependant, les %s n'ont pas termine de jouer ... tant pis.\n",nom2);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("Les %s on aussi termine: %d!\n",nom2,WEXITSTATUS(status));
|
||||
}
|
||||
FD_ZERO(&set);
|
||||
FD_SET(from2,&set);
|
||||
if (select(from2+1,&set,NULL,NULL,&timeout) == 0){
|
||||
printf("Les %s n'ont rien a dire\n",nom2);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
nbRead = read(from2,coup2,512);
|
||||
coup2[nbRead] = '\0';
|
||||
printf("Les %s ont un dernier message: %s",nom2,coup2);
|
||||
if (logFile != NULL){
|
||||
fprintf(logFile,coup2);
|
||||
fflush(logFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
110
ia/fakeMachine.c
Normal file
110
ia/fakeMachine.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||
#include<stdio.h>
|
||||
#include<stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include<unistd.h>
|
||||
#include<string.h>
|
||||
#include<errno.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/time.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/resource.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long ack(long n, long m);
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* des messages d'erreur si on a mal lance le programme */
|
||||
|
||||
char *errmsg = malloc(257 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
if (argc < 5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
perror("Il faut 4 arguments:\n 1: taille de la grille\n2: affichage de la grille\n3: humain/ia\n4: B/N\n");
|
||||
free(errmsg);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *hum = argv[3]; /* 3e argument: humain/ia */
|
||||
char *bw = argv[4]; /* 4eme argument: Blancs/Noirs */
|
||||
if ((strncmp(hum,"ia",2) != 0) || (bw[0] != 'N' && bw[0] != 'B'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
snprintf(errmsg,256,"Mauvais format de l'argument \"%s\" ou \"%s\"\n",hum,bw);
|
||||
perror(errmsg);
|
||||
return -2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* fin des messages d'erreurs */
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************/
|
||||
/* CORPS DU PROGRAMME */
|
||||
/**********************/
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int nbOctetsLus;
|
||||
char * input = malloc(256 * sizeof(char)); /* buffer d'entree */
|
||||
char * output = malloc(256 * sizeof(char)); /* coup joue: maximum 4 caracteres */
|
||||
|
||||
if (bw[0] == 'B') {
|
||||
|
||||
/* joue les blancs: 10 fois le meme coup */
|
||||
for (i=0;i<10;i++){
|
||||
/* joue un coup: ecrit son coup, identique a printf("A1\n"); */
|
||||
strcpy(output,"A1\n");
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO,output,strlen(output));
|
||||
/* lit le coup joue, identique a scanf("%s",input) */
|
||||
nbOctetsLus = read(STDIN_FILENO,input,255);
|
||||
input[nbOctetsLus] = '\0'; // tableau de caracteres => chaine avec \0 a la fin
|
||||
/* on recommence */
|
||||
}
|
||||
snprintf(output,255,"Les blancs (moi) ont gagne ! Score: 30(B) - 15(N)\n");
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO,output,strlen(output));
|
||||
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* remarques sur l'utilisation de write: le 2nd argument est ce qu'on veut *
|
||||
* ecrire et le 3eme est le nb d'octets ecrire. Pour plus d'informations *
|
||||
* man 2 write.Pour read: le 2d argument est l'adresse du buffer (alloue !)*
|
||||
* et le 3eme est le bf d'octets maximum que l'on veut lire (en general: *
|
||||
* la taille en octets du buffer. Pour plus d'information, voir man read *
|
||||
* enfin, dans les deux cas, le premier argument est la source (ou la *
|
||||
* destination), en l'occurrence, l'entree et la sortie standard. *
|
||||
/***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if (bw[0] == 'N')
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* joue les noirs: 10 fois le meme coup */
|
||||
for (i=0;i<10;i++){
|
||||
nbOctetsLus = read(STDIN_FILENO,input,255);
|
||||
input[nbOctetsLus] = '\0';
|
||||
strcpy(output,"B1\n");
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO,output,strlen(output));
|
||||
}
|
||||
snprintf(output,255,"Les noirs (moi) ont gagne ! Score: 15(B) - 35(N)\n");
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO,output,strlen(output));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************/
|
||||
/* FIN DU CORPS DU PROGRAMME */
|
||||
/*****************************/
|
||||
|
||||
free(errmsg);
|
||||
free(input);
|
||||
free(output);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* la celebre fonction d'Ackermann: impossible a calculer ne serait-ce que
|
||||
* ack(5,5). Prend un temps hyperexponentiel */
|
||||
long ack(long n, long m){
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
return m + 1;
|
||||
if (m == 0)
|
||||
return ack(n-1,1);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return ack(n-1,ack(n,m-1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
191
ia/main.c
Normal file
191
ia/main.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of OloNO
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* main.c
|
||||
* Contient la boucle principale du programme
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <argp.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// On inclu nos librairies personnelles :
|
||||
#include "../lib/libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "../lib/libDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "../lib/libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "../lib/libCases.h"
|
||||
#include "../lib/libIA.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int boucleDeJeu(CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
|
||||
// Certains compilos définissent _WIN32, d'autres __WIN32
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
#ifndef __WIN32
|
||||
#define __WIN32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Variables globales
|
||||
arguments args;
|
||||
int taillePlateau; // Taille du plateau par défaut;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Lance le programme
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction est la boucle principale du programme.
|
||||
* Elle permet de rassembler toutes les autres fonctions dans un contenu reflétant
|
||||
* le fonctionnement du programme. Pour comprendre le fonctionnement d'un programme,
|
||||
* lire le main() devrait suffire.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(int argc, char ** argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc < 5)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* On initialise les arguments à leur valeur par défaut */
|
||||
args.taillePlateau = atoi(argv[1]);
|
||||
args.verbose = (strcmp("grilleOn", argv[2]) == 0) ? 1 : 0;
|
||||
strcpy(args.type, argv[3]);
|
||||
args.couleur = (*argv[4] == 'B' ? 0 : 1);
|
||||
args.Tore = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
taillePlateau = args.taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
// erreur("valeur d'un coin:%d\n", valeurLigne(0)+valeurLigne(0));
|
||||
// erreur("valeur en diagonale d'un coin:%d\n", valeurLigne(1)+valeurLigne(1));
|
||||
// erreur("idem, mais a la fin:%d\n", valeurLigne(taillePlateau-2)+valeurLigne(taillePlateau-2));
|
||||
// erreur("valeur d'un pion a coté du joker:%d\n", valeurLigne(taillePlateau/2 - 1)*valeurLigne(taillePlateau/2 + 1));
|
||||
|
||||
// ############################################################### //
|
||||
// ### On commence les choses sérieuses ici (cad le main) ######## //
|
||||
// ############################################################### //
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0; // Variables de boucle.
|
||||
int points[]={0, 0}; // Points obtenus pour les blancs et les noirs
|
||||
char retour;
|
||||
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
// # ETAPE 2 : Initialiser le plateau ###################################################### //
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
|
||||
// On créé un tableau à la taille demandée par le joueur
|
||||
CASE ** plateau = createPlateau();
|
||||
// On initialise ce tableau avec la consigne
|
||||
initPlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
// # ETAPE 3 : Boucle de jeux principale ################################################### //
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
|
||||
retour = boucleDeJeu(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retour)
|
||||
erreur("La boucle de jeu s'est arrêtée à cause d'une erreur\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
// # ETAPE 4 : Score ####################################################################### //
|
||||
// ######################################################################################### //
|
||||
|
||||
affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
score(plateau, points);
|
||||
afficherScore(points);
|
||||
|
||||
// On oublie pas de libérer l'espace mallocé
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
free( plateau[i] );
|
||||
free(plateau);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Boucle de jeu, pour jouer quoi ...
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chaque IA joue son coup puis attend le coup de l'adversaire (ou l'inverse).
|
||||
* Si c'est demandé, elle affiche aussi le platau entre les deux.
|
||||
* En cas d'erreur, quelle qu'elle soit (interne(peu probable)) ou de la part
|
||||
* de l'adversaire (peu probable sauf si l'adversaire est un humain), alors on
|
||||
* s'arrête (boucleDeJeu interprêtera un retour de 1 comme une erreur.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int boucleDeJeu(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On commence par les blancs (dans la règle du jeu).
|
||||
char couleur = args.couleur;
|
||||
char aPuJouer[] = {1, 1}; // aPuJouer[0]: blanc; aPuJouer[1]: noir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (couleur == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!testFinPartie(plateau) && !(aPuJouer[BLANC] == 0 && aPuJouer[NOIR] == 0) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
aPuJouer[BLANC] = 1;
|
||||
// On a les blancs, on commence à jouer
|
||||
retour = jouerSonTour(couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == -1)
|
||||
return -1; // Une erreur s'est produite
|
||||
else if (retour == 1) // On ne pouvait rien jouer
|
||||
aPuJouer[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Puis on lit le coup de l'adversaire
|
||||
aPuJouer[NOIR] = 1;
|
||||
retour = jouerTourAdverse(couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == -1)
|
||||
return -1; // L'adversaire a commis une faute
|
||||
else if (retour == 1) // L'adversaire n'a rien joué
|
||||
aPuJouer[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!testFinPartie(plateau) && !(aPuJouer[BLANC] == 0 && aPuJouer[NOIR] == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On a les noirs, on commence par écouter l'adversaire
|
||||
aPuJouer[BLANC] = 1;
|
||||
retour = jouerTourAdverse(couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == -1)
|
||||
return -1; // Une erreur s'est produite
|
||||
else if (retour == 1) // On ne pouvait rien jouer
|
||||
aPuJouer[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Puis on joue
|
||||
aPuJouer[NOIR] = 1;
|
||||
retour = jouerSonTour(couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == -1)
|
||||
return -1; // Une erreur s'est produite
|
||||
else if (retour == 1) // On ne pouvait rien jouer
|
||||
aPuJouer[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0; // Pas d'erreur
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
87
lib/libCases.c
Normal file
87
lib/libCases.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
//! retourne l'adresse de la case (x, y)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* En plus de retourner un pointeur sur la case (x,y), elle peut permettre de
|
||||
* vérifier la validité des coordonnées (retourne NULL si la case est hors du
|
||||
* plateau.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE * adresseParXY(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x>=taillePlateau || y>=taillePlateau
|
||||
|| x<0 || y<0)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return plateau[x*taillePlateau + y];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie un pointeur sur la case suivante selon un vecteur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prend une case et un vecteur en argument, ainsi que la taille du plateau et
|
||||
* la liste des cases. Renvoie l'adresse de la case suivante sur ce vecteur
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE * caseSuivante(CASE depart, int incX, int incY, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on arrive au bout du plateau (depart.x+incX = taillePlateau), on
|
||||
// repart à 0. idem pour y
|
||||
x = depart.x + incX;
|
||||
if (x == taillePlateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
x = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (x == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
x = taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
y = depart.y + incY;
|
||||
if (y == taillePlateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
y = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (y == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
y = taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
}
|
51
lib/libCases.h
Normal file
51
lib/libCases.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Comme certaines librairies incluent cette lib et des libs qui l'incluent
|
||||
// aussi, il ne faut le lire qu'une fois
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_CASES_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_CASES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! Structure de case.
|
||||
typedef struct _CASE
|
||||
{
|
||||
char couleur; /**< Couleur de la case */
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
} CASE;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _NOEUD
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbDeFils;
|
||||
struct _NOEUD ** listeFils; // liste des pointeurs sur les fils (de taille nbDeFils)
|
||||
struct _CASE ** plateau;
|
||||
char x, y;
|
||||
char valeur;
|
||||
char couleur;
|
||||
char meilleurX;
|
||||
char meilleurY;
|
||||
struct _NOEUD * pere;
|
||||
} NOEUD;
|
||||
|
||||
CASE * adresseParXY(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
CASE * caseSuivante(CASE depart, int incX, int incY, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
64
lib/libDefine.h
Normal file
64
lib/libDefine.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDefine.h
|
||||
* Contient des macros et des structures pour tout le programme.
|
||||
* Elles définissent les valeurs d'int associées aux 4 types de cases. De la
|
||||
* même manière est définit la taille d'un plateau par défaut.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_DEFINE_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_DEFINE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define VIDE 3
|
||||
#define BLANC 0
|
||||
#define NOIR 1
|
||||
#define JOKER 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define INFINI 0x7FFFFFFF // 2^31
|
||||
|
||||
#define abs(X) ((X) > 0 ? (X) : -(X))
|
||||
#define max(X, Y) ((X) > (Y) ? (X) : (Y))
|
||||
#define min(X, Y) ((X) < (Y) ? (X) : (Y))
|
||||
|
||||
#define proportion(X, Y) ((X)) / ((X)+(Y))
|
||||
|
||||
/* This structure is used by main to communicate with parse_opt. */
|
||||
typedef struct _arguments
|
||||
{
|
||||
int taillePlateau; /* Arguments for -t */
|
||||
char verbose; /* 1 si on doit aficher la grille, 0 sinon */
|
||||
char type[7]; /* humain ou ia */
|
||||
char couleur; /* 'N' ou 'B' */
|
||||
int Tore; /* Arguments for -T */
|
||||
} arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _preferences
|
||||
{
|
||||
int couleurDepart;
|
||||
int allowIA;
|
||||
int couleurIA;
|
||||
int affJouable;
|
||||
int taillePlateau;
|
||||
} preferences;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
281
lib/libDisplay.c
Normal file
281
lib/libDisplay.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDisplay.c (console)
|
||||
* Contient les fonctions d'affichage en mode console:
|
||||
* concerne aussi bien l'affichage de la grille que les entrées utilisateur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande les coordonnées au joueur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction demande à l'utilisateur les coordonnées du point à jouer
|
||||
* et les converti pour qu'elles correspondent aux indices en mémoire.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char demanderAction(char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char retourScanf = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("%s, que voulez-vous faire: (J)ouer ou (R)eculer dans l'historique ? ",
|
||||
(couleur == BLANC) ? "Blanc" : "Noir");
|
||||
scanf(" %c%*[^\n]", &retourScanf); // On scan un char puis n'importe quoi sauf un retour à la ligne
|
||||
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (retourScanf != 'J' && retourScanf != 'R');
|
||||
|
||||
return retourScanf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande les coordonnées au joueur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction demande à l'utilisateur les coordonnées du point à jouer
|
||||
* et les converti pour qu'elles correspondent aux indices en mémoire.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
char x=0;
|
||||
int y=0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Entrez les coordonnées où jouer: ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c%d%*[^\n]", &x, &y); // On scan un char puis un int puis n'importe quoi sauf un retour à la ligne
|
||||
x = toupper(x);
|
||||
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!( x>='A' && (x-'A')<taillePlateau && y>=0 && y<taillePlateau ));
|
||||
// tant que les coordonnees ne sont pas dans les limites
|
||||
|
||||
// on passe les coordonnees normalises (partant de 0) ET transtypage.
|
||||
coords[0] = (int) x-'A';
|
||||
coords[1] = taillePlateau-y-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Affiche le plateau et un cadrillage
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction renvoie et affiche de manière "jolie" le tableau passé en paramètre
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void affichePlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Déclaration des variables de boucle
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
char y=taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
char x='A';
|
||||
char pions[4];
|
||||
|
||||
pions[BLANC] = 'O';
|
||||
pions[NOIR] = 'X';
|
||||
pions[JOKER] = '#';
|
||||
pions[VIDE] = '.';
|
||||
|
||||
erreur("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// Petite décoration au dessus du plateau :
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau+1;i++)
|
||||
erreur("--");
|
||||
erreur("+\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// Boucle simple pour afficher les lignes et les colonnes
|
||||
// du tableau
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
erreur("%.2d ",y--);
|
||||
for (j=0;j<taillePlateau;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
erreur("%c ",pions[(int) adresseParXY(j, i, plateau)->couleur]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
erreur("\n"); // après chaque ligne, retour à la ligne
|
||||
}
|
||||
erreur(" ");
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
erreur("%c ",x++);
|
||||
erreur("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
//Petite décoration en dessous du plateau :
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau+1;i++)
|
||||
erreur("--");
|
||||
erreur("+\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Écrit sur la sortie standard
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction utilise write pour écrire sur la sortie standard.
|
||||
* Elle est inspirée de la version de glib de la fonction printf
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ecrire(char *chaine, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(255 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
// On déclare la liste d'arguments
|
||||
va_list arg;
|
||||
|
||||
// On les assigne
|
||||
va_start(arg, chaine);
|
||||
// vsprintf fonctionne comme sprintf (qui, au lieu d'imprimer sur stdout, imprime sur la chaine qu'on lui donne.)
|
||||
// Ici, il se trouve qu'on imprime sur stdout... mais la fonction ecrire() permettra d'assurer la compatibilité avec la version graphique.
|
||||
// le v devant sprintf signifie qu'au lieu de prendre plusieurs arguments en paramètre, elle prend une variable de type va_list en paramètre. C'est donc tout à fait adapté au but recherché.
|
||||
vsprintf(copie, chaine, arg);
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO, copie, strlen(copie));
|
||||
// On termine... je sais pas vraiment pourquoi, mais c'est comme ça. (à approfondir)
|
||||
va_end(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Écrit sur la sortie erreur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction utilise write pour écrire sur la sortie erreur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void erreur(char *chaine, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(255 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
// On déclare la liste d'arguments
|
||||
va_list arg;
|
||||
|
||||
// On les assigne
|
||||
va_start(arg, chaine);
|
||||
// vfprintf fonctionne comme fprintf (qui, au lieu d'imprimer sur stdout, imprime sur la sortie qu'on lui donne.)
|
||||
// Ici, il se trouve qu'on imprime sur stdout... mais la fonction ecrire() permettra d'assurer la compatibilité avec la version graphique.
|
||||
// le v devant fprintf signifie qu'au lieu de prendre plusieurs arguments en paramètre, elle prend une variable de type va_list en paramètre. C'est donc tout à fait adapté au but recherché.
|
||||
vsprintf(copie, chaine, arg);
|
||||
write(STDERR_FILENO, copie, strlen(copie));
|
||||
// On termine... je sais pas vraiment pourquoi, mais c'est comme ça. (à approfondir)
|
||||
va_end(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande la taille du plateau
|
||||
int demanderTaillePlateau()
|
||||
{
|
||||
taillePlateau=0;
|
||||
int retourScanf;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((taillePlateau < 4) || (taillePlateau > 25))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Entrez une taille entre 4 et 25 : ");
|
||||
retourScanf = scanf("%d%*[^\n]",&taillePlateau);
|
||||
// Si le scanf a retourné une erreur ...
|
||||
if (!retourScanf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Si tout s'est bien passé, on enlève le \n final
|
||||
getchar();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Dire bonjour :
|
||||
void direBonjour()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("\tOloNO Copyright (C) 2008 David Wagner && Martin Potier\n\
|
||||
\tThis program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY;\n\
|
||||
\tThis is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under\n\
|
||||
\tcertain conditions\n\n");
|
||||
ecrire("Bienvenue à OloNO\nOloNO is not an othello\n\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! utilise ecrire() pour envoyer les coordonnées
|
||||
void envoyerXY(int x, int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("%c%d\n", x + 'A', taillePlateau - y - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! utilise ecrire() pour signifier qu'il n'y a pas de coup possible
|
||||
void pasDeCoup()
|
||||
{
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO, "pas de coup\n", 12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! lit un coup sur stdin
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Si "pas de coup" est reçu, on renvoit 1.
|
||||
* Sinon, on renvoie 0 et on place les coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
* Cette fonction ne se charge pas de vérifier que les coordonnées soient
|
||||
* bonnes: ele est utilisée par l'IA, qui doit s'arrêter en cas d'erreur de
|
||||
* l'adversaire
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int lireCoup(char * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * input = malloc(20 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(20 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
|
||||
read(STDIN_FILENO, input, 20);
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
while((copie[i] = input[i]) && copie[i++] != '\n');
|
||||
copie[i] = '\0';
|
||||
free(input);
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp(copie, "pas de coup\n") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
return 1; // L'adversaire ne peut pas jouer
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sscanf(copie, "%c%d", x, y);
|
||||
*x = (int) toupper(*x) - 'A';
|
||||
*y = taillePlateau - *y - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Affiche le score
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utilise l'erreur standard pour ne pas encombrer la stdin qui ne doit
|
||||
* concerner que les coups joués
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void afficherScore(int points[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (points[0] > points[1])
|
||||
erreur("Les blancs gagnent par %d à %d\n", points[0], points[1]);
|
||||
else if (points[1] > points[0])
|
||||
erreur("Les noirs gagnent par %d à %d\n", points[1], points[0]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
erreur("Partie nulle: %d partout\n", points[0]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
47
lib/libDisplay.h
Normal file
47
lib/libDisplay.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDisplay.h
|
||||
* Prototypes de libDisplay.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
char demanderAction(char couleur);
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[]);
|
||||
void affichePlateau(CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void direBonjour();
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[]);
|
||||
void ecrire(char *chaine, ...);
|
||||
void erreur(char *chaine, ...);
|
||||
int demanderTaillePlateau();
|
||||
void envoyerXY(int x, int y);
|
||||
void pasDeCoup();
|
||||
int lireCoup(char * x, int * y);
|
||||
void afficherScore(int points[]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
162
lib/libIA-dumb.c
Normal file
162
lib/libIA-dumb.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h" // Pour les messages de debug
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place les meilleures coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD noeud; // On crée le noeud-père
|
||||
noeud.couleur = !couleur; // C'est l'adversaire qui vient de jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère ici la valeur du plateau.
|
||||
// On ne s'en sert actuellement pas mais bon...
|
||||
int valeur = minmax(plateau, &noeud, 6, -INFINI, INFINI);
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Veleur supposée du coup: %d\n", valeur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère les coordonnées du meilleur coup directement fils
|
||||
*x = noeud.meilleurX;
|
||||
*y = noeud.meilleurY;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calcule l'arbre des possibilités et renvoie la valeur du noeud en cours
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implémentation de l'algorithme Minimax
|
||||
* S'appelle récursivement pour calculer la valeur d'un noeud à partir des
|
||||
* noeuds fils.
|
||||
* Si un noeud est terminal, sa valeur est sa valeur heuristique (pour le
|
||||
* moment, c'est tout simplement le différentiel de score. Il n'y a pas de
|
||||
* fonction heuristique). Sinon, elle est égale à la plus basse valeur des
|
||||
* fils. (Grâce à la simplification Negamax, pas besoin d'alterner entre plus
|
||||
* bas et plus haut selon qu'on est sur un noeud ennemi ou allié).
|
||||
* A venir: heuristique; élagage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (profondeur <= 0) // Si on est un noeud terminal on renvoie la valeur du plateau
|
||||
{
|
||||
int points[] = {0, 0};
|
||||
score(plateau, points); // Pour le moment, il n'y a pas de fonction heuristique, on prend le score brut
|
||||
return points[(int) noeud->couleur] - points[(int) !(noeud->couleur)]; // Valeur du noeud;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int * listeValides = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule le nombre de fils et on alloue la liste des fils en
|
||||
// onséquence.
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = nbCoupsValides(!(noeud->couleur), plateau, listeValides);
|
||||
//if (noeud->nbDeFils > 2)
|
||||
// noeud->nbDeFils = 2;
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils)
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = calloc(noeud->nbDeFils, sizeof(NOEUD *)); // calloc met la mémoire à 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = malloc(1*sizeof(NOEUD)); // Si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, il passe: 1 noeud
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On alloue le noeud fils
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[i] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[i];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On crée une copie de travail du plateau
|
||||
// (Très consommateur de mémoire)
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule ses coordonnées
|
||||
fils->x = listeValides[i]/taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->y = listeValides[i]%taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On simule le coup sur la copie
|
||||
jouerCoup(fils->x, fils->y, fils->couleur, fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convention Negamax
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
// Libérez la mémoire! Libérez la mémoire!
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Coupure alpha/beta:
|
||||
if (fils->valeur > alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->meilleurX = fils->x;
|
||||
noeud->meilleurY = fils->y;
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
if (alpha >= beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//On élague !
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils == 0) // Je ne peux pas jouer
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = 1; // J'ai donc une seule branche: passer
|
||||
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[0] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[0];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
fils->x = -1; // Inutile pour le moment
|
||||
fils->y = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Je saute donc l'étape "jouer le coup"
|
||||
// Et je calule la valeur des fils
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Le Front de Libération de la Mémoire intervient
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeValides);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
free((noeud->listeFils)[i]);
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
31
lib/libIA-dumb.h
Normal file
31
lib/libIA-dumb.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y);
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
366
lib/libIA.c
Normal file
366
lib/libIA.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h" // Pour les messages de debug
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place les meilleures coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD noeud; // On crée le noeud-père
|
||||
noeud.couleur = !couleur; // C'est l'adversaire qui vient de jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère ici la valeur du plateau.
|
||||
// On ne s'en sert actuellement pas mais bon...
|
||||
int valeur = minmax(plateau, &noeud, 6, -INFINI, INFINI);
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Veleur supposée du coup: %d\n", valeur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère les coordonnées du meilleur coup directement fils
|
||||
*x = noeud.meilleurX;
|
||||
*y = noeud.meilleurY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Valeur de la case: %d\n", valeurCase(*x, *y));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calcule l'arbre des possibilités et renvoie la valeur du noeud en cours
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implémentation de l'algorithme Minimax
|
||||
* S'appelle récursivement pour calculer la valeur d'un noeud à partir des
|
||||
* noeuds fils.
|
||||
* Si un noeud est terminal, sa valeur est sa valeur heuristique (pour le
|
||||
* moment, c'est tout simplement le différentiel de score. Il n'y a pas de
|
||||
* fonction heuristique). Sinon, elle est égale à la plus basse valeur des
|
||||
* fils. (Grâce à la simplification Negamax, pas besoin d'alterner entre plus
|
||||
* bas et plus haut selon qu'on est sur un noeud ennemi ou allié).
|
||||
* A venir: heuristique; élagage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (profondeur <= 0) // Si on est un noeud terminal on renvoie la valeur du plateau
|
||||
{
|
||||
int score = valeurPlateau(!noeud->couleur, plateau);
|
||||
return score;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int * listeValides = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule le nombre de fils et on alloue la liste des fils en
|
||||
// onséquence.
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = nbCoupsValides(!(noeud->couleur), plateau, listeValides);
|
||||
//if (noeud->nbDeFils > 2)
|
||||
// noeud->nbDeFils = 2;
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils)
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = calloc(noeud->nbDeFils, sizeof(NOEUD *)); // calloc met la mémoire à 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = malloc(1*sizeof(NOEUD)); // Si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, il passe: 1 noeud
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On alloue le noeud fils
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[i] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[i];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On crée une copie de travail du plateau
|
||||
// (Très consommateur de mémoire)
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule ses coordonnées
|
||||
fils->x = listeValides[i]/taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->y = listeValides[i]%taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On simule le coup sur la copie
|
||||
jouerCoup(fils->x, fils->y, fils->couleur, fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convention Negamax
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
// Libérez la mémoire! Libérez la mémoire!
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Coupure alpha/beta:
|
||||
if (fils->valeur > alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->meilleurX = fils->x;
|
||||
noeud->meilleurY = fils->y;
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
if (alpha >= beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//On élague !
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils == 0) // Je ne peux pas jouer
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = 1; // J'ai donc une seule branche: passer
|
||||
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[0] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[0];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
fils->x = -1; // Inutile pour le moment
|
||||
fils->y = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Je saute donc l'étape "jouer le coup"
|
||||
// Et je calule la valeur des fils
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Le Front de Libération de la Mémoire intervient
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeValides);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
free((noeud->listeFils)[i]);
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurPlateau(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
int scorePondere[2]={0, 0}, scoreMobilite[2]={0, 0},
|
||||
scoreLignes[2]={0, 0}, scoreBrut[2]={0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
float totalLignes=0, totalMobilite=0,
|
||||
totalBrut=0, totalPondere=0;
|
||||
|
||||
int fPondere , fMobilite,
|
||||
fLignes, fBrut; // les facteur qui viennent ponderer les scores
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* La mobilite prend plus d'importance au fur et a mesure qu'on avance dans
|
||||
* le jeu, idem pour le score brut mais l'importance vient plus
|
||||
* progressivement
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score pondéré prend de l'importance en milieu de jeu et en perd au
|
||||
* fur et à mesure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score des lignes prend de l'importance en milieu de jeu et en gagne
|
||||
* petit a petit, mais jamais trop
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score brut prend de l'importance tardivement mais devient presque la
|
||||
* seule vers la fin
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
BRUT
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
score(plateau, scoreBrut);
|
||||
if (scoreBrut[BLANC] + scoreBrut[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalBrut = proportion((float) scoreBrut[(int) couleur], (float) scoreBrut[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fBrut = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fBrut = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//erreur("Total Brut: %f\n", totalBrut);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
PONDERE
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x = i%taillePlateau, y=i/taillePlateau;
|
||||
char contenu = adresseParXY(x, y, plateau)->couleur;
|
||||
if (contenu == BLANC || contenu == NOIR)
|
||||
scorePondere[(int) contenu] += valeurCase(x, y);
|
||||
//erreur("Valeur de la case %d,%d: %d\n", x, y, valeurCase(x, y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (scoreBrut[BLANC] + scoreBrut[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalPondere = proportion((float) scorePondere[(int) couleur], (float) scorePondere[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fPondere = 5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fPondere = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//erreur("Total pondéré:%f\n", totalPondere);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
LIGNES
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int lin = valeurLigne(i, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
int col = valeurColonne(i, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (lin>0)
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) couleur] += lin;
|
||||
else
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) !couleur] -= lin;
|
||||
|
||||
if (col>0)
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) couleur] += col;
|
||||
else
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) !couleur] -= col;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (scoreLignes[BLANC] + scoreLignes[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalLignes = proportion((float) scoreLignes[(int) couleur], (float) scoreLignes[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fLignes = 1.5;
|
||||
//erreur("Total Lignes:%f\n", totalLignes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fLignes = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
MOBILITE
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
int * temp = malloc(taillePlateau*taillePlateau*sizeof(int));
|
||||
scoreMobilite[BLANC] = nbCoupsValides(BLANC, plateau, temp);
|
||||
scoreMobilite[NOIR] = nbCoupsValides(NOIR, plateau, temp);
|
||||
free(temp);
|
||||
if (scoreMobilite[BLANC] + scoreMobilite[NOIR] > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
totalMobilite = proportion((float) scoreMobilite[(int) couleur], (float) scoreMobilite[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fMobilite = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fMobilite = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int retour = 100 * ((totalPondere*fPondere) +
|
||||
(totalBrut*fBrut) +
|
||||
(totalLignes*fLignes) +
|
||||
(totalMobilite*fMobilite)) /
|
||||
(fPondere+fBrut+fLignes+fMobilite);
|
||||
|
||||
//erreur("Valeur du plateau suivant:%d", retour);
|
||||
//affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
return retour;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurColonne(int colonne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pions[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; // Seuls les deux premieres cases seront lues.
|
||||
// En avoir 4 permet seulement d'avoir moins
|
||||
// de tests
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
(pions[(int) adresseParXY(i, colonne, plateau)->couleur])++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pions[(int) couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1) // La colonne est au joueur: Il a toute la colonne (sauf éventuellement un point)
|
||||
return max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - colonne)); // sans le max, renverrait 0 pour la colonne du milieu...
|
||||
|
||||
// On renvoie un négatif si c'est l'ennemi
|
||||
if (pions[!couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1)
|
||||
return - max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - colonne));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurLigne(int ligne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pions[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; // Seuls les deux premieres cases seront lues.
|
||||
// En avoir 4 permet seulement d'avoir moins
|
||||
// de tests
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
(pions[(int) adresseParXY(ligne, i, plateau)->couleur])++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pions[(int) couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1) // La ligne est au joueur: Il a toute la ligne (sauf éventuellement un point)
|
||||
return max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - ligne)); // sans le max, renverrait 0 pour la ligne du milieu...
|
||||
|
||||
// On renvoie un négatif si c'est l'ennemi
|
||||
if (pions[!couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1)
|
||||
return - max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - ligne));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurCase(int x, int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = min(x, taillePlateau-x-1);
|
||||
y = min(y, taillePlateau-y-1);
|
||||
if (x > 1 && y > 1) // On est au milieu du plateau
|
||||
return 40*(x+y)*taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
if (x == 1 || y == 1) // On est sur l'avant dernière ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x==y) // On est en diagonale du coin
|
||||
return 0; // La plus basse valeur
|
||||
if (x==0 || y==0) // On est sur un bord, à coté d'un coin
|
||||
return 50*taillePlateau;
|
||||
// Sinon:
|
||||
return 150*taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (x == 0 || y == 0) // On est sur un bord, mais pas a coté du coin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x==y) // On est sur le coin !!!
|
||||
return 3500*taillePlateau;
|
||||
// Sinon, on est juste sur un bord:
|
||||
return 600*taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("PAS GLOP!!!!\n");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
34
lib/libIA.h
Normal file
34
lib/libIA.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y);
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta);
|
||||
int valeurPlateau(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int valeurCase(int x, int y);
|
||||
int valeurLigne(int ligne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int valeurColonne(int colonne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
686
lib/libPlay.c
Normal file
686
lib/libPlay.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libPlay.c
|
||||
* Librairie indépendante du mode d'affichage.
|
||||
* Elle gère toutes les règles du jeu et s'occupe d'effectuer les mouvements
|
||||
* comme les retournements de pions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static int elaguer(NOEUD * noeud);
|
||||
|
||||
static NOEUD tronc; // Le plateau d'origine
|
||||
static NOEUD * actuel; // Pointe en permanence sur le plateau en cours
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie 0 si le coup n'est pas valide, le nombre de pièces qu'il retourne sinon.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction renvoie le nombre de pièces à retourner et met les
|
||||
* coordonnées des pièces à retourner dans le pointeur listeCoups.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* La liste increments contient les vecteurs selon lesquels parcourir le
|
||||
* tableau: on suit toutes les droites et diagonales (première boucle for).
|
||||
* Au début de chaque vecteur, on vérifie qu'on reste dans la plateau, que
|
||||
* la case immédiatement n'est ni vide ni de la couleur du joueur. Dans le
|
||||
* cas contraire, on passe immédiatement au vecteur suivant.
|
||||
* Une fois ces prérequis vérifiés, on parcourt la suite du vecteur à la
|
||||
* recherche d'une pierre amie (le while). On met les coordonnées des pions
|
||||
* qui se trouvent sur le chemin. Si on trouve effectivement une pierre amie,
|
||||
* le compteur total de pion à retourner est incrémenté.
|
||||
* coupsTemp permet, si on ne rencontre pas d'amie, de ne pas fausser le compte
|
||||
* de coups
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A tout moment, si on rencontre un joker, on le saute, c'est à dire qu'on
|
||||
* fait un continue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char lister(int x,int y,char couleur,CASE *plateau[], int listeCoups[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE caseDepart;
|
||||
char increments[8][2] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{-1, -1},
|
||||
{-1, 0},
|
||||
{-1, 1},
|
||||
{ 0, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 0},
|
||||
{ 1, -1},
|
||||
{ 0, -1}
|
||||
}; // Liste des vecteurs
|
||||
int inc=0; // Parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
int coups=0, coupsTemp; // Compteur de nombre de pions retournés
|
||||
char rencontre = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
caseDepart = *adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (caseDepart.couleur != VIDE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
for (inc=0; inc<8; inc++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char incX=increments[inc][0], incY=increments[inc][1];
|
||||
char couleurCase;
|
||||
CASE * caseTemp;
|
||||
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(caseDepart, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
// Si on est au bord du plateau ou s'il y a eu une erreur
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Si on tombe ensuite sur une case de la meme couleur ou vide, on saute
|
||||
if ( (caseTemp->couleur == couleur) || (caseTemp->couleur == VIDE) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dans les autres cas, on continue d'incrementer
|
||||
coupsTemp=1; // On retourne potentiellement 1 pion
|
||||
// On l'ajoute à la liste des coups
|
||||
listeCoups[coups] = (caseTemp->x)*taillePlateau + caseTemp->y;
|
||||
while (1) // Pas besoin de vérification puisqu'on sort avec un break
|
||||
{
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(*caseTemp, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
break; // Il y a pas de case suivante. On est arrivé au bord sans trouver d'ami
|
||||
couleurCase = caseTemp->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur le joker, on passe cette case:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == JOKER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Case Vide, Stop:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == VIDE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur un ami:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rencontre = 1;
|
||||
break; // On a trouve qqn et on a rentre les coups. On passe au vecteur suivant
|
||||
}
|
||||
// On est tombé sur un ennemi, on l'ajoute
|
||||
listeCoups[coups + (coupsTemp++)] = (caseTemp->x)*taillePlateau + caseTemp->y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rencontre)
|
||||
coups += coupsTemp;
|
||||
coupsTemp = 0;
|
||||
rencontre = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return coups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie 1 si le coup est valide, 0 pour invalide
|
||||
char valide(int x, int y, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE caseDepart;
|
||||
char increments[8][2] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{-1, -1},
|
||||
{-1, 0},
|
||||
{-1, 1},
|
||||
{ 0, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 0},
|
||||
{ 1, -1},
|
||||
{ 0, -1}
|
||||
}; // Liste des vecteurs
|
||||
int inc=0; // Parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
char rencontre = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
caseDepart = *adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (caseDepart.couleur != VIDE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
for (inc=0; inc<8; inc++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char incX=increments[inc][0], incY=increments[inc][1];
|
||||
char couleurCase;
|
||||
CASE * caseTemp;
|
||||
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(caseDepart, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
// Si on est au bord du plateau ou s'il y a eu une erreur
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Si on tombe ensuite sur une case de la meme couleur ou vide, on saute
|
||||
if ( (caseTemp->couleur == couleur) || (caseTemp->couleur == VIDE) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dans les autres cas, on continue d'incrementer
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(*caseTemp, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
break; // Il y a pas de case suivante. On est arrivé au bord sans trouver d'ami
|
||||
couleurCase = caseTemp->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur le joker, on passe cette case:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == JOKER)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Case Vide, Stop:
|
||||
else if (couleurCase == VIDE)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// On a trouvé un pote !
|
||||
else if (couleurCase == couleur)
|
||||
rencontre = 1;
|
||||
} while(!rencontre);
|
||||
if (rencontre)
|
||||
return 1; // Au moins 1 vecteur
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0; // Rien trouvé: pas valide
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie le nombre de coups valides
|
||||
char nbCoupsValides(char couleur, CASE *plateau[], int listeValides[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
char i, j;
|
||||
int coups=0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (valide(i, j, couleur, plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
listeValides[coups] = i*taillePlateau + j;
|
||||
coups++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return coups; // Rien trouvé: pas valide
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Retourne un Pion
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Échange, entre NOIR et BLANC, la couleur d'une case.
|
||||
* Si la case est vide ou un joker, ne fait rien.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void retourne(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE * caseARetourner = adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
char couleur = caseARetourner->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Le reste est tout con
|
||||
if (couleur == BLANC)
|
||||
couleur = NOIR;
|
||||
// Important tout de même de else if, sinon ça ne marche pas.
|
||||
else if (couleur == NOIR)
|
||||
couleur = BLANC;
|
||||
// Si c JOKER VIDE ou quoi que ce soit d'autre on se casse, c'est pas notre boulot.
|
||||
else
|
||||
return;
|
||||
caseARetourner->couleur = couleur;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Joue le tour actuel si possible.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction, appelée par le main, joue le tour d'un joueur passé
|
||||
* en argument. S'il y a lieu, il retourne les pions et place le pion du
|
||||
* joueur.
|
||||
* Elle renvoie ensuite le nombre de pièces retournées.
|
||||
* Donc si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, la fonction ne fait rien et renvoie 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int peutJouer(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
// On cherche s'il existe au moins 1 coup possible
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(valide(i, j, couleur, plateau))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place un pion et retourne les pions adéquats
|
||||
int jouerCoup(int x, int y, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbCoups;
|
||||
int * listeCoups = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
nbCoups = lister(x, y, couleur, plateau, listeCoups);
|
||||
if (!nbCoups)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(listeCoups);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nbCoups; i++) // On retourne les pions
|
||||
retourne(listeCoups[i]/taillePlateau, listeCoups[i]%taillePlateau, plateau);
|
||||
adresseParXY(x, y, plateau)->couleur = couleur; // On pose le pion
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeCoups);
|
||||
return nbCoups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Teste la fin de partie.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* La partie se finit si le plateau est rempli ou si un joueur n'as plus de
|
||||
* pièces sur le plateau (Là, il l'a mauvaise). Dans ce cas cette fonction renvoi 1.
|
||||
* Tant que la partie n'est pas finie, cette fonction renvoi 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int testFinPartie(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int unicolore=1, plein=1;
|
||||
char couleur[2] = {0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE pion = *adresseParXY(i, j, plateau);
|
||||
if (pion.couleur == JOKER)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (plein && (pion.couleur == VIDE))
|
||||
plein =0;
|
||||
if (unicolore && (pion.couleur != VIDE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
couleur[0] |= (pion.couleur == BLANC);
|
||||
// couleur[0] passe ou reste à 1 si on est sur une case blanche
|
||||
couleur[1] |= (pion.couleur == NOIR);
|
||||
if (couleur[0] && couleur[1])
|
||||
unicolore = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on n'est ni unicolore ni plein, la partie est pas finie
|
||||
if (!(unicolore || plein))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoi le score de fin de partie.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction compte le nombre de pions blancs et noirs afin de
|
||||
* déterminer le score de fin de partie (donc pour que ce soit sensé :
|
||||
* l'utiliser en fin de partie ...)
|
||||
* Le score est rangé dans un tableau passé en argument,
|
||||
* de la forme : score[blanc,noir].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void score(CASE *plateau[], int * points)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Déclaration des variables de boucle et de stockage :
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On lit
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (adresseParXY(i, j, plateau)->couleur == BLANC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
points[0]++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (adresseParXY(i, j, plateau)->couleur == NOIR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
points[1]++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoit un simple pointeur comme tableau multidim
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Crée et envoie une liste de pointeurs qui représente le tableau.
|
||||
* Le pointeur renvoyé représente les colonne et chaque pointeur dans cette
|
||||
* liste est une ligne. Le tableau renvoyé est initialisé à VIDE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE ** createPlateau()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On crée une liste de pointeurs sur les cases
|
||||
CASE ** plateau = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(CASE *));
|
||||
//erreur("Création d'un plateau à l'adresse %p\n", plateau);
|
||||
// On crée maintenant chaque case, et on met son pointeur dans la liste
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau);i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plateau[i] = malloc(sizeof(CASE));
|
||||
plateau[i]->x = i / taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->y = i % taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->couleur = VIDE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Cette fonction renvoit un pointeur sur le plateau
|
||||
// pour modif et affichage ultérieur.
|
||||
return plateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Copie un plateau passé en argument. utilise taillePlateau
|
||||
CASE ** copiePlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE ** copie = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(CASE *));
|
||||
//erreur("Copie du plateau %p en %p\n", plateau, copie);
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
copie[i] = malloc(sizeof(CASE));
|
||||
copie[i]->x = i / taillePlateau;
|
||||
copie[i]->y = i % taillePlateau;
|
||||
copie[i]->couleur = adresseParXY(copie[i]->x, copie[i]->y, plateau)->couleur;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return copie;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Rempli le centre d'un tableau passé en argument
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialise la partie en ajoutant au tableau vide le carré central donné
|
||||
* en consigne. Il contient un Joker en son centre.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void initPlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le motif donné par la consigne :
|
||||
char motif[9];
|
||||
if (taillePlateau % 2 == 1) // Plateau Impair
|
||||
{
|
||||
// La position de début du motif est à :
|
||||
int debut = (taillePlateau/2)-1;
|
||||
|
||||
motif[0] = BLANC; motif[1] = NOIR; motif[2] = BLANC;
|
||||
motif[3] = BLANC; motif[4] = JOKER; motif[5] = NOIR;
|
||||
motif[6] = NOIR; motif[7] = BLANC; motif[8] = NOIR;
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<3;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<3;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
adresseParXY(debut+i, debut+j, plateau)->couleur = motif[j*3+i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// La position de début du motif est à :
|
||||
int debut = (taillePlateau/2)-1;
|
||||
|
||||
motif[0] = BLANC; motif[1] = NOIR;
|
||||
motif[2] = NOIR; motif[3] = BLANC;
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<2;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<2;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
adresseParXY(debut+i, debut+j, plateau)->couleur = motif[j*2+i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Trouve un coup et l'envoit
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fait appel à la libIA pour trouver le meilleur coup dans la position donnée
|
||||
* Envoit ensuite le coup via la libDisplay (ecrire())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerSonTour(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
|
||||
//erreur("On afiche le plateau que reçoit l'IA:\n");
|
||||
affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(couleur, plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = meilleurXY(plateau, couleur, &x, &y);
|
||||
pasDeCoup();
|
||||
//erreur("L'IA ne peut pas jouer\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = meilleurXY(plateau, couleur, &x, &y); // Trouve le meilleur coup
|
||||
if (retour)
|
||||
return -1; // Erreur !
|
||||
|
||||
envoyerXY(x, y);
|
||||
retour = jouerCoup(x, y, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == 0)
|
||||
return -1; // Erreur comise
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0; // Tout s'est bien déroulé
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Lit le coup adverse et le joue
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Via la libDisplay, on lit le coup adverse (lireCoup())
|
||||
* Puis on le joue. S'il est illégal, on retourne un erreur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerTourAdverse(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
char x;
|
||||
int y;
|
||||
|
||||
retour = lireCoup(&x, &y);
|
||||
if (retour == 0) // L'adversaire a joué
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = jouerCoup(x, y, !couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == 0) // Aucun pion retourné
|
||||
return -1; // L'adversaire a joué un coup illégal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (retour == 1)
|
||||
return 1; // L'adversaire n'avait pas de coup}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0; // L'adversaire a joué correctement
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Joue le tour actuel si possible.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction, appelée par le main, joue le tour d'un joueur passé
|
||||
* en argument. S'il y a lieu, il retourne les pions et place le pion du
|
||||
* joueur.
|
||||
* Elle renvoie ensuite le nombre de pièces retournées.
|
||||
* Donc si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, la fonction ne fait rien et renvoie 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerTourSimple(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbCoups=0;
|
||||
int coords[2] = {0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
// On cherche s'il existe au moins 1 coup possible
|
||||
if(!peutJouer(couleur, plateau))
|
||||
return 0; // Le joueur ne peut pas jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On demande le coup du joueur
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
demanderXY(coords);
|
||||
nbCoups = jouerCoup(coords[0], coords[1], couleur, plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (nbCoups == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return nbCoups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Initialise l'historique avec le plateau/tronc
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Après cette fonction, le tronc contient le plateau de départ
|
||||
* (On peut partir avec un plateau de partie déjà en cours)
|
||||
* Et actuel pointe sur le tronc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NOEUD * initHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tronc.nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
tronc.listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
tronc.plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
tronc.couleur = !couleur;
|
||||
tronc.pere = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = &tronc;
|
||||
|
||||
return &tronc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! ajoute un fils au noeud actuel
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L'historique supporte les variantes: un noeud peut avoir plusieurs fils
|
||||
* Cette fonction retourne un pointeur vers le noeud crée
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NOEUD * majHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
fils->couleur = couleur;
|
||||
fils->pere = actuel;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO : Si le fils existe déjà, il faut pas le recrée
|
||||
|
||||
ajouteFils(actuel, fils);
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = fils;
|
||||
return actuel; // On informe le programme de l'emplacement du nouveau noeud
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Libère les noeuds de l'historique
|
||||
void endHistorique()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
elaguer(&tronc); // On passe du désherbant hyperpuissant
|
||||
|
||||
for (j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(tronc.plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(tronc.plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur son propre père.
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reculerHistorique(CASE * plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (actuel->pere != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
actuel = actuel->pere;
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur le noeud passé en argument
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char sauterHistorique(CASE * plateau[], NOEUD * destination)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (destination == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
actuel = destination;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur son premier fils
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char avancerHistorique(CASE * plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (actuel->nbDeFils <= 0 || actuel->listeFils == NULL)
|
||||
return (actuel->couleur == VIDE) ? BLANC : !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = actuel->listeFils[actuel->nbDeFils - 1];
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Ajoute un fils à la liste d'un noeud
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utilise realloc pour agrandir la liste du pere(premier argument) et
|
||||
* ajoute un pointeur vers le fils(2ème argument) à la liste.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ajouteFils(NOEUD * pere, NOEUD * fils)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(pere->nbDeFils)++;
|
||||
// On étend la liste
|
||||
pere->listeFils = realloc(pere->listeFils, pere->nbDeFils * sizeof(NOEUD *));
|
||||
|
||||
pere->listeFils[pere->nbDeFils - 1] = fils;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! libère tout les fils d'un noeud
|
||||
static int elaguer(NOEUD * noeud)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
for (i=0; i<noeud->nbDeFils; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = noeud->listeFils[i];
|
||||
if (fils->listeFils != NULL) // Ce fils a des fils, donc appel récursif de cette fonction
|
||||
elaguer(fils);
|
||||
|
||||
// On libère le plateau:
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free((fils->plateau)[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On peut maintenant libérer ce fils
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// On libère la liste des fils:
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
54
lib/libPlay.h
Normal file
54
lib/libPlay.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libPlay.h
|
||||
* Prototypes de libPlay.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_PLAY_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_PLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
char lister(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[], int listeCoups[]);
|
||||
char valide(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
char nbCoupsValides(char couleur, CASE *plateau[], int listeValides[]);
|
||||
void retourne(int x, int y, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int peutJouer(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerCoup(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int testFinPartie(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void score(struct _CASE *plateau[], int * points);
|
||||
struct _CASE ** createPlateau();
|
||||
struct _CASE ** copiePlateau(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void initPlateau(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerSonTour(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerTourAdverse(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerTourSimple(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
NOEUD * initHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur);
|
||||
NOEUD * majHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur);
|
||||
void endHistorique();
|
||||
char reculerHistorique(CASE * plateau[]);
|
||||
char sauterHistorique(CASE * plateau[], NOEUD * destination);
|
||||
char avancerHistorique(CASE * plateau[]);
|
||||
void ajouteFils(NOEUD * pere, NOEUD * fils);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
2
olono_X11/AUTHORS
Normal file
2
olono_X11/AUTHORS
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
|||
David Wagner <dwagner@isep.fr>
|
||||
Martin Potier <mpotier@isep.fr>
|
5
olono_X11/AUTO.sh
Executable file
5
olono_X11/AUTO.sh
Executable file
|
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
|||
aclocal
|
||||
autoheader
|
||||
touch stamp-h
|
||||
autoconf
|
||||
automake -a -c
|
674
olono_X11/COPYING
Normal file
674
olono_X11/COPYING
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
16
olono_X11/ChangeLog
Normal file
16
olono_X11/ChangeLog
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||
Version 0.1
|
||||
Written in Python
|
||||
Quite working referee
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.2
|
||||
Rewritten in C
|
||||
Working referee
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.3
|
||||
Can finish a match and name the winner
|
||||
Implementation des arguments
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.4
|
||||
New algorythm for validation function
|
||||
Can play on a pseudo-sphere (meaning the borders are connected)
|
||||
|
1
olono_X11/INSTALL
Symbolic link
1
olono_X11/INSTALL
Symbolic link
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|||
/usr/share/automake-1.10/INSTALL
|
6
olono_X11/Makefile.am
Normal file
6
olono_X11/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
SUBDIRS = src \
|
||||
imgs \
|
||||
glade
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
3
olono_X11/NEWS
Normal file
3
olono_X11/NEWS
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
|||
I can't believe the news today.
|
||||
Ow I cannot close my eyes and make it go away.
|
||||
Sunday ... etc.
|
41
olono_X11/README
Normal file
41
olono_X11/README
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
|||
OloNO README . OloNO is Not an Othello
|
||||
--------------------------------------
|
||||
this looks like an FAQ but it isn't ...
|
||||
|
||||
+ Where does OloNO come from ?
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
It started as a student project in ISEP 2008-2009©
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+ What is OloNo ?
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
Despite the retro acronym and all the Magritte's painting
|
||||
OloNO is an Othello game.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+ I just recieved the package, how do I run it ?
|
||||
------------------------------------------------
|
||||
I guess you are willing to compile and install OloNO.
|
||||
You will find basic instructions about the process in the
|
||||
INSTALL file.
|
||||
But before you do so, you might want to consider this :
|
||||
let's say you just received this package, you may proceed
|
||||
to the install.
|
||||
|
||||
To cut a long story short :
|
||||
$ ./configure --prefix=YOURDIR
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
$ make install
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE : if YOURDIR doesn't belong to your user, then you will
|
||||
need to run make install as root. (using su, sudo, ...)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+ What is AUTO.sh
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
AUTO.sh is a little homemade script that runs the autotools.
|
||||
You don't need that if you just want to build and execute the program.
|
||||
See section "How do I run it ?"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Have a nice day.
|
5
olono_X11/TODO
Normal file
5
olono_X11/TODO
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
|||
A lot is TODO .
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
The main spot for the moment is to be able to play with it.
|
||||
|
44
olono_X11/configure.ac
Normal file
44
olono_X11/configure.ac
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT([OloNO], [0.4], [ail@isep.fr])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Non GNU, but very handy :
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_DIR([LIBDIR], [libdir], [Where the libs are placed to.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_DIR([INCLUDEDIR], [includedir], [Where headers are placed to.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_DIR([BINDIR], [bindir], [Where bin are places to.])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
|
||||
###AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([src])
|
||||
|
||||
###AC_LIBOBJ([libIA])
|
||||
###AC_LIBOBJ([libPlay])
|
||||
###AC_LIBOBJ([libDisplay])
|
||||
###AC_LIBOBJ([libCases])
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE=olono
|
||||
VERSION=0.4
|
||||
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE,$VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
AC_PROG_RANLIB dnl This is required if any libraries are built in the package.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(DEPS, libglade-2.0 libgnomeui-2.0 >= 1.110.0)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DEPS_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DEPS_LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(DEBUG, test "$enable_debug" = yes)
|
||||
|
||||
### Attention : libs before the rest
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
src/Makefile
|
||||
imgs/Makefile
|
||||
glade/Makefile
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
3
olono_X11/glade/Makefile.am
Normal file
3
olono_X11/glade/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
|||
gladedir = $(datadir)/olono-gtk/glade
|
||||
glade_DATA = olonoGUI.glade
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = $(glade_DATA)
|
1031
olono_X11/glade/olonoGUI.glade
Normal file
1031
olono_X11/glade/olonoGUI.glade
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
3
olono_X11/imgs/Makefile.am
Normal file
3
olono_X11/imgs/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
|||
imgsdir = $(datadir)/olono-gtk/images
|
||||
imgs_DATA = olono_caseB.png olono_caseTB.png olono_caseV.png olono_caseN.png olono_caseTN.png olono_caseJ.png
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = $(imgs_DATA)
|
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseB.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseB.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseJ.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseJ.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseN.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseN.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1 KiB |
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseTB.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseTB.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 952 B |
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseTN.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseTN.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 844 B |
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseV.png
Normal file
BIN
olono_X11/imgs/olono_caseV.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 346 B |
33
olono_X11/src/Makefile.am
Normal file
33
olono_X11/src/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
|||
lib_LTLIBRARIES = libCases.la libIA.la libPlay.la libDisplay.la libGUI.la
|
||||
|
||||
libCases_la_SOURCES = libCases.c libDefine.h
|
||||
libIA_la_SOURCES = libIA.c libDefine.h
|
||||
libPlay_la_SOURCES = libPlay.c libDefine.h
|
||||
libDisplay_la_SOURCES = libDisplay.c libDefine.h
|
||||
libGUI_la_SOURCES = libGUI.c libDefine.h
|
||||
|
||||
dist_include_HEADERS = libCases.h libIA.h libPlay.h libDisplay.h libGUI.h libDefine.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bin_PROGRAMS = olono-gtk
|
||||
|
||||
### On indique les sources du programme
|
||||
olono_gtk_SOURCES = main.c
|
||||
|
||||
### On link les dépendances du programme.
|
||||
olono_gtk_LDADD = $(DEPS_LIBS) libCases.la libIA.la libPlay.la libDisplay.la libGUI.la
|
||||
|
||||
### C'est la section flag C, mais ils vont passer sous libtool.
|
||||
### Donc suivant la version du compilo et des versions, -export-dynamic
|
||||
### sera transformé en -Wl,--exort-dynamic (GCC) ou autre chose.
|
||||
olono_gtk_LDFLAGS = -export-dynamic
|
||||
|
||||
### Puis les flags C et libtool
|
||||
if DEBUG
|
||||
AM_CPPFLAGS = -ggdb -p -Wall -DDEBUG $(DEPS_CFLAGS) -DIMGS_DIR=\""$(datadir)/imgs"\" -DGLADE_DIR=\""$(datadir)/glade"\"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AM_CPPFLAGS = $(DEPS_CFLAGS) -DIMGS_DIR=\""$(datadir)/imgs"\" -DGLADE_DIR=\""$(datadir)/glade"\"
|
||||
endif
|
87
olono_X11/src/libCases.c
Normal file
87
olono_X11/src/libCases.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
//! retourne l'adresse de la case (x, y)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* En plus de retourner un pointeur sur la case (x,y), elle peut permettre de
|
||||
* vérifier la validité des coordonnées (retourne NULL si la case est hors du
|
||||
* plateau.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE * adresseParXY(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x>=taillePlateau || y>=taillePlateau
|
||||
|| x<0 || y<0)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return plateau[x*taillePlateau + y];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie un pointeur sur la case suivante selon un vecteur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prend une case et un vecteur en argument, ainsi que la taille du plateau et
|
||||
* la liste des cases. Renvoie l'adresse de la case suivante sur ce vecteur
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE * caseSuivante(CASE depart, int incX, int incY, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on arrive au bout du plateau (depart.x+incX = taillePlateau), on
|
||||
// repart à 0. idem pour y
|
||||
x = depart.x + incX;
|
||||
if (x == taillePlateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
x = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (x == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
x = taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
y = depart.y + incY;
|
||||
if (y == taillePlateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
y = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (y == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.Tore)
|
||||
y = taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
}
|
51
olono_X11/src/libCases.h
Normal file
51
olono_X11/src/libCases.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Comme certaines librairies incluent cette lib et des libs qui l'incluent
|
||||
// aussi, il ne faut le lire qu'une fois
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_CASES_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_CASES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! Structure de case.
|
||||
typedef struct _CASE
|
||||
{
|
||||
char couleur; /**< Couleur de la case */
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
} CASE;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _NOEUD
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbDeFils;
|
||||
struct _NOEUD ** listeFils; // liste des pointeurs sur les fils (de taille nbDeFils)
|
||||
struct _CASE ** plateau;
|
||||
char x, y;
|
||||
char valeur;
|
||||
char couleur;
|
||||
char meilleurX;
|
||||
char meilleurY;
|
||||
struct _NOEUD * pere;
|
||||
} NOEUD;
|
||||
|
||||
CASE * adresseParXY(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
CASE * caseSuivante(CASE depart, int incX, int incY, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
64
olono_X11/src/libDefine.h
Normal file
64
olono_X11/src/libDefine.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDefine.h
|
||||
* Contient des macros et des structures pour tout le programme.
|
||||
* Elles définissent les valeurs d'int associées aux 4 types de cases. De la
|
||||
* même manière est définit la taille d'un plateau par défaut.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_DEFINE_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_DEFINE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define VIDE 3
|
||||
#define BLANC 0
|
||||
#define NOIR 1
|
||||
#define JOKER 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define INFINI 0x7FFFFFFF // 2^31
|
||||
|
||||
#define abs(X) ((X) > 0 ? (X) : -(X))
|
||||
#define max(X, Y) ((X) > (Y) ? (X) : (Y))
|
||||
#define min(X, Y) ((X) < (Y) ? (X) : (Y))
|
||||
|
||||
#define proportion(X, Y) ((X)) / ((X)+(Y))
|
||||
|
||||
/* This structure is used by main to communicate with parse_opt. */
|
||||
typedef struct _arguments
|
||||
{
|
||||
int taillePlateau; /* Arguments for -t */
|
||||
char verbose; /* 1 si on doit aficher la grille, 0 sinon */
|
||||
char type[7]; /* humain ou ia */
|
||||
char couleur; /* 'N' ou 'B' */
|
||||
int Tore; /* Arguments for -T */
|
||||
} arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _preferences
|
||||
{
|
||||
int couleurDepart;
|
||||
int allowIA;
|
||||
int couleurIA;
|
||||
int affJouable;
|
||||
int taillePlateau;
|
||||
} preferences;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
279
olono_X11/src/libDisplay.c
Normal file
279
olono_X11/src/libDisplay.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDisplay.c (console)
|
||||
* Contient les fonctions d'affichage en mode console:
|
||||
* concerne aussi bien l'affichage de la grille que les entrées utilisateur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande les coordonnées au joueur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction demande à l'utilisateur les coordonnées du point à jouer
|
||||
* et les converti pour qu'elles correspondent aux indices en mémoire.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char demanderAction(char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char retourScanf = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("%s, que voulez-vous faire: (J)ouer ou (R)eculer dans l'historique ? ",
|
||||
(couleur == BLANC) ? "Blanc" : "Noir");
|
||||
scanf(" %c%*[^\n]", &retourScanf); // On scan un char puis n'importe quoi sauf un retour à la ligne
|
||||
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (retourScanf != 'J' && retourScanf != 'R');
|
||||
|
||||
return retourScanf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande les coordonnées au joueur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction demande à l'utilisateur les coordonnées du point à jouer
|
||||
* et les converti pour qu'elles correspondent aux indices en mémoire.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
char x=0;
|
||||
int y=0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Entrez les coordonnées où jouer: ");
|
||||
scanf(" %c%d%*[^\n]", &x, &y); // On scan un char puis un int puis n'importe quoi sauf un retour à la ligne
|
||||
x = toupper(x);
|
||||
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!( x>='A' && (x-'A')<taillePlateau && y>=0 && y<taillePlateau ));
|
||||
// tant que les coordonnees ne sont pas dans les limites
|
||||
|
||||
// on passe les coordonnees normalises (partant de 0) ET transtypage.
|
||||
coords[0] = (int) x-'A';
|
||||
coords[1] = taillePlateau-y-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Affiche le plateau et un cadrillage
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction renvoie et affiche de manière "jolie" le tableau passé en paramètre
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void affichePlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Déclaration des variables de boucle
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
char y=taillePlateau-1;
|
||||
char x='A';
|
||||
char pions[4];
|
||||
|
||||
pions[BLANC] = 'O';
|
||||
pions[NOIR] = 'X';
|
||||
pions[JOKER] = '#';
|
||||
pions[VIDE] = '.';
|
||||
|
||||
erreur("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// Petite décoration au dessus du plateau :
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau+1;i++)
|
||||
erreur("--");
|
||||
erreur("+\n");
|
||||
|
||||
// Boucle simple pour afficher les lignes et les colonnes
|
||||
// du tableau
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
erreur("%.2d ",y--);
|
||||
for (j=0;j<taillePlateau;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
erreur("%c ",pions[(int) adresseParXY(j, i, plateau)->couleur]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
erreur("\n"); // après chaque ligne, retour à la ligne
|
||||
}
|
||||
erreur(" ");
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
erreur("%c ",x++);
|
||||
erreur("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
//Petite décoration en dessous du plateau :
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau+1;i++)
|
||||
erreur("--");
|
||||
erreur("+\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Écrit sur la sortie standard
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction utilise write pour écrire sur la sortie standard.
|
||||
* Elle est inspirée de la version de glib de la fonction printf
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ecrire(char *chaine, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(255 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
// On déclare la liste d'arguments
|
||||
va_list arg;
|
||||
|
||||
// On les assigne
|
||||
va_start(arg, chaine);
|
||||
// vsprintf fonctionne comme sprintf (qui, au lieu d'imprimer sur stdout, imprime sur la chaine qu'on lui donne.)
|
||||
// Ici, il se trouve qu'on imprime sur stdout... mais la fonction ecrire() permettra d'assurer la compatibilité avec la version graphique.
|
||||
// le v devant sprintf signifie qu'au lieu de prendre plusieurs arguments en paramètre, elle prend une variable de type va_list en paramètre. C'est donc tout à fait adapté au but recherché.
|
||||
vsprintf(copie, chaine, arg);
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO, copie, strlen(copie));
|
||||
// On termine... je sais pas vraiment pourquoi, mais c'est comme ça. (à approfondir)
|
||||
va_end(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Écrit sur la sortie erreur
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction utilise write pour écrire sur la sortie erreur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void erreur(char *chaine, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(255 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
// On déclare la liste d'arguments
|
||||
va_list arg;
|
||||
|
||||
// On les assigne
|
||||
va_start(arg, chaine);
|
||||
// vfprintf fonctionne comme fprintf (qui, au lieu d'imprimer sur stdout, imprime sur la sortie qu'on lui donne.)
|
||||
// Ici, il se trouve qu'on imprime sur stdout... mais la fonction ecrire() permettra d'assurer la compatibilité avec la version graphique.
|
||||
// le v devant fprintf signifie qu'au lieu de prendre plusieurs arguments en paramètre, elle prend une variable de type va_list en paramètre. C'est donc tout à fait adapté au but recherché.
|
||||
vsprintf(copie, chaine, arg);
|
||||
write(STDERR_FILENO, copie, strlen(copie));
|
||||
// On termine... je sais pas vraiment pourquoi, mais c'est comme ça. (à approfondir)
|
||||
va_end(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Demande la taille du plateau
|
||||
int demanderTaillePlateau()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int taillePlateau=0;
|
||||
int retourScanf;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((taillePlateau < 4) || (taillePlateau > 25))
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Entrez une taille entre 4 et 25 : ");
|
||||
retourScanf = scanf("%d%*[^\n]",&taillePlateau);
|
||||
// Si le scanf a retourné une erreur ...
|
||||
if (!retourScanf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ... On vide le flux
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
while ( ((c = getchar()) != '\n') && c != EOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Si tout s'est bien passé, on enlève le \n final
|
||||
getchar();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Dire bonjour :
|
||||
void direBonjour()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("\tOloNO Copyright (C) 2008 David Wagner && Martin Potier\n\
|
||||
\tThis program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY;\n\
|
||||
\tThis is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under\n\
|
||||
\tcertain conditions\n\n");
|
||||
ecrire("Bienvenue à OloNO\nOloNO is not an othello\n\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! utilise ecrire() pour envoyer les coordonnées
|
||||
void envoyerXY(int x, int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("%c%d\n", x + 'A', taillePlateau - y - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! utilise ecrire() pour signifier qu'il n'y a pas de coup possible
|
||||
void pasDeCoup()
|
||||
{
|
||||
write(STDOUT_FILENO, "pas de coup\n", 12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! lit un coup sur stdin
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Si "pas de coup" est reçu, on renvoit 1.
|
||||
* Sinon, on renvoie 0 et on place les coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
* Cette fonction ne se charge pas de vérifier que les coordonnées soient
|
||||
* bonnes: ele est utilisée par l'IA, qui doit s'arrêter en cas d'erreur de
|
||||
* l'adversaire
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int lireCoup(char * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * input = malloc(20 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
char * copie = malloc(20 * sizeof(char));
|
||||
|
||||
read(STDIN_FILENO, input, 20);
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
while((copie[i] = input[i]) && copie[i++] != '\n');
|
||||
copie[i] = '\0';
|
||||
free(input);
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp(copie, "pas de coup\n") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
return 1; // L'adversaire ne peut pas jouer
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sscanf(copie, "%c%d", x, y);
|
||||
*x = (int) toupper(*x) - 'A';
|
||||
*y = taillePlateau - *y - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
free(copie);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Affiche le score
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utilise l'erreur standard pour ne pas encombrer la stdin qui ne doit
|
||||
* concerner que les coups joués
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void afficherScore(int points[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (points[0] > points[1])
|
||||
erreur("Les blancs gagnent par %d à %d\n", points[0], points[1]);
|
||||
else if (points[1] > points[0])
|
||||
erreur("Les noirs gagnent par %d à %d\n", points[1], points[0]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
erreur("Partie nulle: %d partout\n", points[0]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
47
olono_X11/src/libDisplay.h
Normal file
47
olono_X11/src/libDisplay.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libDisplay.h
|
||||
* Prototypes de libDisplay.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
char demanderAction(char couleur);
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[]);
|
||||
void affichePlateau(CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void direBonjour();
|
||||
void demanderXY(int coords[]);
|
||||
void ecrire(char *chaine, ...);
|
||||
void erreur(char *chaine, ...);
|
||||
int demanderTaillePlateau();
|
||||
void envoyerXY(int x, int y);
|
||||
void pasDeCoup();
|
||||
int lireCoup(char * x, int * y);
|
||||
void afficherScore(int points[]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
656
olono_X11/src/libGUI.c
Normal file
656
olono_X11/src/libGUI.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libGUI.c
|
||||
* Contient les fonctions de callback de l'interface graphique ainsi que des
|
||||
* fonctions annexes appelées par les fonctions de callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "libGUI.h"
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extern int couleurDepart;
|
||||
extern int allowIA;
|
||||
extern int couleurIA;
|
||||
extern int affJouable;
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
extern int jeton;
|
||||
extern int aPuJouer[];
|
||||
extern window * wOlono;
|
||||
extern CASE **plateau;
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
extern preferences prefs;
|
||||
extern NOEUD *tronc;
|
||||
extern int points [];
|
||||
extern FILE *fichierPreferences;
|
||||
|
||||
/// ICI Section fonction annexe
|
||||
|
||||
//! Cette fonction se charge de recopier le tableau en mémoire.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction rafraichit le tableau (GtkTable) par rapport à son
|
||||
* homologue en mémoire (structure CASE).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Elle prend en compte deux arguments, le plateau en dur et la fenetre olono
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void refreshBoard (CASE ** plateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Les variables locales de boucle :
|
||||
gint n,i,j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<taillePlateau;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
n=i*taillePlateau+j;
|
||||
switch (adresseParXY(i,j,plateau)->couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case JOKER:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgJoker);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case BLANC:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgBlanche);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case NOIR:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgNoire);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case VIDE:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgVide);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! La fonction suivante sert à montrer les coups possibles sur le plateau actuel
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction liste et charge les images pour montrer les coups possibles
|
||||
* pour la couleur donnée sur le plateau donné.
|
||||
* Ces coups seront directement affichés avec un mépris non dissimulé pour cette
|
||||
* piètre fonction de bête recopie qu'est refreshBoard(plateau).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void montrerCoupsPossibles(char jeton, CASE ** plateau)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int * listeValides;
|
||||
int nbCoups,i,n;
|
||||
|
||||
listeValides = (int *) malloc(taillePlateau*taillePlateau*sizeof(int));
|
||||
nbCoups = nbCoupsValides(jeton,plateau,listeValides);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<nbCoups;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
n = listeValides[i];
|
||||
switch (jeton)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case BLANC:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgTransBlanche);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case NOIR:
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE(wOlono->pImage[n]), wOlono->imgTransNoire);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Cette fonction se charge de jouer le tour de l'IA :
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void joueTourIA (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On isole le plateau pendant que l'IA joue
|
||||
gtk_grab_add(wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
int x=0,y=0;
|
||||
char message[100];
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(message,"%s joue. Calcul du coup ...", couleurIA ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
|
||||
// On force GTK a évaluer la situation :
|
||||
gtk_main_iteration ();
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
meilleurXY(plateau,couleurIA,&x,&y);
|
||||
jouerCoup(x,y,couleurIA,plateau);
|
||||
majHistorique(plateau,couleurIA);
|
||||
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On force GTK a évaluer la situation :
|
||||
gtk_main_iteration ();
|
||||
|
||||
// Si le suivant a un coup, on le laisse jouer :
|
||||
if (peutJouer(!couleurIA,plateau)) // PAS DE ; !
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si jamais on est en fin de partie ie personne ne peut jouer :
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau) && !peutJouer(!jeton,plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Fin de partie ...\n");
|
||||
score(plateau, points);
|
||||
|
||||
if (points[BLANC] > points[NOIR])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Blancs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[BLANC], points[NOIR]);
|
||||
else if (points[NOIR] > points[BLANC])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Noirs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[NOIR], points[BLANC]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : match nul, %d partout.", points[BLANC]);
|
||||
|
||||
// On nettoie la variable des scores immédiatement après son affichage :
|
||||
// dans le cas d'un retour dans l'historique les points se trouvenet
|
||||
// curiosement aditionnés sinon :
|
||||
points[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
points[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 1, a qui le tour :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01),"");
|
||||
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 2, score :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02),message);
|
||||
|
||||
// Et on enlève le grab apres que l'IA ai fini de jouer
|
||||
gtk_grab_remove(wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (1);
|
||||
|
||||
jeton = !jeton;
|
||||
|
||||
// L'ia a fini de jouer, elle nous montre nos coups :
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(message,"À %s de jouer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
|
||||
// Et on enlève le grab apres que l'IA ai fini de jouer
|
||||
gtk_grab_remove(wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Cette fonction se charge de vider tout ce qui a été mallocé :
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction détruit toutes les références explicites en mémoire,
|
||||
* par exemple, les pixbuf, les tableau mallocé, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void freeEverything (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
free( plateau[i] );
|
||||
free(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On vire les pixbuf
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgVide);
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgNoire);
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgBlanche);
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgJoker);
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgTransBlanche);
|
||||
g_object_unref(wOlono->imgTransNoire);
|
||||
|
||||
// Et les autres choses qui trainent encore
|
||||
gtk_widget_destroy(wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
gtk_widget_destroy(wOlono->pWindow);
|
||||
|
||||
// Avant de freeer la structure wOlono
|
||||
free(wOlono);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* #############################################################################
|
||||
* # PARTIE FONCTION DE CALLBACK : #############################################
|
||||
* #############################################################################
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Callback : Clic sur le bouton "Précédent"
|
||||
void on_boutonPrecedent_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On prépare la variable du texte message :
|
||||
char message[100];
|
||||
|
||||
// Tant qu'on ne peut pas jouer on recule dans l'historique :
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
jeton = reculerHistorique(plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau));
|
||||
|
||||
// Pas d'oubli du user :
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à quoi
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
sprintf(message,"À %s de jouer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_boutonSuivant_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// De même que pour boutonPrecedent :
|
||||
char message[100];
|
||||
|
||||
// Tant qu'on ne peut pas jouer on avance dans l'historique :
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau))
|
||||
jeton = !jeton;
|
||||
|
||||
jeton = avancerHistorique(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Pas d'oubli du user :
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
// Si jamais on est en fin de partie ie personne ne peut jouer :
|
||||
// Sinon on tombe en boucle infinie et ça c'est pas cool ...
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau) && !peutJouer(!jeton,plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
score(plateau, points);
|
||||
if (points[BLANC] > points[NOIR])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Blancs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[BLANC], points[NOIR]);
|
||||
else if (points[NOIR] > points[BLANC])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Noirs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[NOIR], points[BLANC]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : match nul, %d partout.", points[BLANC]);
|
||||
|
||||
// On nettoie la variable des scores immédiatement après son affichage :
|
||||
// dans le cas d'un retour dans l'historique les points se trouvenet
|
||||
// curiosement aditionnés sinon :
|
||||
points[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
points[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 1, a qui le tour :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01),"");
|
||||
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 2, score :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02),message);
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//} while (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau));
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à quoi
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
sprintf(message,"À %s de jouer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonNouvellePartie_activate (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On créé une variable locale pour un éventuel message en statusbar ;
|
||||
char message[100];
|
||||
|
||||
// On réinitialise le plateau;
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau);i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plateau[i]->x = i / taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->y = i % taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->couleur = VIDE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
initPlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On réinitialise les points :
|
||||
points[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
points[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On réinitialise aPuJouer[] :
|
||||
aPuJouer[BLANC] = 1;
|
||||
aPuJouer[NOIR] = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// On dégage les commentaires en statusBar :
|
||||
// --- D'abord le message du score :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02));
|
||||
// --- Puis le dernier messages de tour :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
|
||||
// On charge les (éventuelles) nouvelles rêgles
|
||||
couleurDepart = prefs.couleurDepart;
|
||||
allowIA = prefs.allowIA;
|
||||
couleurIA = prefs.couleurIA;
|
||||
affJouable = prefs.affJouable;
|
||||
//taillePlateau = prefs.taillePlateau;
|
||||
/* On verra plus tard l'implémentation du changement de taille automatique */
|
||||
|
||||
// Et aussi l'historique :
|
||||
endHistorique();
|
||||
tronc = initHistorique(plateau,couleurDepart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Celui qui commence :
|
||||
jeton = couleurDepart;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// On rafraichit l'affichage;
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
// Message Ready !
|
||||
(args.verbose) ? ecrire("Nouvelle partie !\n") : "";
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(message,"Nouvelle partie, à %s de commencer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
|
||||
// Si l'IA a le jeton, alors elle commence :
|
||||
if (jeton == couleurIA)
|
||||
joueTourIA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Callback 1
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonQuitter_select (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Nooooooon, ne quitte pas ce merveilleux programme.\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonQuitter_activate (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Trop tard :(\n");
|
||||
freeEverything();
|
||||
endHistorique();
|
||||
gtk_main_quit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_buttonAppliquer_activate (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbBits = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enregistrons les préférences :
|
||||
fichierPreferences = fopen(".olonoPrefs", "wb+");
|
||||
nbBits = fwrite(&prefs,sizeof(preferences),1,fichierPreferences);
|
||||
|
||||
// On change dynamiquement ce qu'il est possible de changer :
|
||||
allowIA = prefs.allowIA;
|
||||
couleurIA = prefs.couleurIA;
|
||||
affJouable = prefs.affJouable;
|
||||
|
||||
(args.verbose) ? ecrire("Données enregistrées ! %d information écrite\n",nbBits):"";
|
||||
|
||||
// Force la fermeture de la fenetre, comme glade est pas très fort pour ça :
|
||||
gtk_widget_hide(wOlono->pPrefWindow);
|
||||
gtk_main_iteration();
|
||||
|
||||
// Si l'IA a le jeton, vu qu'elle peut avoir changé de couleur, alors elle joue :
|
||||
if (jeton == couleurIA)
|
||||
joueTourIA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void on_case_clic (GtkWidget * widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Les cases sont inactives tant que l'IA joue
|
||||
if (allowIA && jeton == couleurIA)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
gchar message[100]; // Normalement on segfault pas avec ça.
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère un pointeur sur gint :
|
||||
CASE * caseActuelle = (CASE*) data;
|
||||
|
||||
// getting the position;
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("clicked at position : x:%d y:%d\n",caseActuelle->x,caseActuelle->y);
|
||||
ecrire("Etat de aPuJouer : %d %d\n",aPuJouer[BLANC],aPuJouer[NOIR]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Essaye de jouer le coup, et enregistre si oui ou non il est possible.
|
||||
aPuJouer[jeton] = jouerCoup(caseActuelle->x,caseActuelle->y,jeton,plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on a pas pu jouer :
|
||||
if (!aPuJouer[jeton])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Coup illégal pour %s\n", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ecrire("Coup légal pour %s\n", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
}
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On force GTK a évaluer la situation :
|
||||
gtk_main_iteration ();
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Si jamais on est en fin de partie ie personne ne peut jouer :
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(jeton,plateau) && !peutJouer(!jeton,plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On oublie pas de mettre à jour l'historique, des fois que certains
|
||||
// mécontent de leur mise à mort veuillent rejouer :
|
||||
majHistorique(plateau,jeton);
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Fin de partie ...\n");
|
||||
score(plateau, points);
|
||||
|
||||
if (points[BLANC] > points[NOIR])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Blancs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[BLANC], points[NOIR]);
|
||||
else if (points[NOIR] > points[BLANC])
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : les Noirs gagnent par %d contre %d.",
|
||||
points[NOIR], points[BLANC]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
sprintf(message, "Fin de partie : match nul, %d partout.", points[BLANC]);
|
||||
|
||||
// On nettoie la variable des scores immédiatement après son affichage :
|
||||
// dans le cas d'un retour dans l'historique les points se trouvenet
|
||||
// curiosement aditionnés sinon :
|
||||
points[BLANC] = 0;
|
||||
points[NOIR] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 1, a qui le tour :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01),"");
|
||||
|
||||
// Pour le contexte 2, score :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId02),message);
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Si le suivant n'a pas de coup :
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(!jeton,plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On indique qu'il n'a pas pu jouer son tour, et on recommence le tour
|
||||
// actuel
|
||||
aPuJouer[!jeton] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Encore a %s de jouer\n", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(message,"Encore à %s de jouer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
|
||||
// Mise à jour de l'historique de jeu, d'abord, le coup actuel de jeton,
|
||||
// puis de l'autre !jeton qui n'a pas pu jouer.
|
||||
majHistorique(plateau,jeton);
|
||||
majHistorique(plateau,!jeton);
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Si tout s'est déroulé normalement, on passe au joueur suivant :
|
||||
majHistorique(plateau,jeton);
|
||||
jeton = !jeton;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("A %s de jouer\n", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf(message,"À %s de jouer", jeton ? "Noir" : "Blanc");
|
||||
|
||||
// On fait un pop/push pour éviter de remplir la pile. Et puis à qui
|
||||
// elle sert cette *** de pile ?
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_pop (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01));
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01), message);
|
||||
|
||||
refreshBoard (plateau);
|
||||
(affJouable) ? montrerCoupsPossibles(jeton,plateau) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
// On force GTK a évaluer la situation :
|
||||
gtk_main_iteration ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* **************************************** */
|
||||
/* AU TOUR DE L'IA, si elle peut jouer : */
|
||||
/* **************************************** */
|
||||
// On sort si l'IA est pas sensé jouer
|
||||
if (!allowIA)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
joueTourIA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void on_allowIA_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On active/désactive la case cochée selon les préférences en cours :
|
||||
prefs.allowIA = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckAllowIA));
|
||||
args.verbose ? ecrire("%s de la propriété allowIA.\n", prefs.allowIA ? "Ajout" : "Retrait") : "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_iaIsBlack_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On active/désactive la case cochée selon les préférences en cours :
|
||||
prefs.couleurIA = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckiaIsBlack));
|
||||
args.verbose ? ecrire("L'ordinateur joue les %s.\n", prefs.couleurIA ? "Noirs" : "Blancs") : "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_showPossibleMoves_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On active/désactive la case cochée selon les préférences en cours :
|
||||
prefs.affJouable = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckAffJouable));
|
||||
args.verbose ? ecrire("%s de la propriété afficher coups jouables.\n", prefs.affJouable ? "Ajout" : "Retrait") : "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_whiteStart_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On active/désactive la case cochée selon les préférences en cours :
|
||||
prefs.couleurDepart = !gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckCouleurDeb));
|
||||
args.verbose ? ecrire("Les %s commencent.\n", prefs.couleurDepart ? "Noirs" : "Blancs") : "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void on_taillePlateau_value_changed (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
prefs.taillePlateau = gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (wOlono->pSpinTT));
|
||||
args.verbose ? ecrire("Valeur de taillePlateau fixée à %d.\n", prefs.taillePlateau) : "" ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
85
olono_X11/src/libGUI.h
Normal file
85
olono_X11/src/libGUI.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libGUI.h
|
||||
* Contient les entêtes des fonctions de libGUI.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// Fichier de définition du package et des paths :
|
||||
/// On pourra remplacer par un système de gestion dynamique de vérif, permettant de bouger le
|
||||
/// programme sans le recompiler. Mais plus tard ...
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define GLADEDIR "olono-gtk/glade"
|
||||
#define GLADEFILE "olonoGUI.glade"
|
||||
#define IMGDIR "olono-gtk/images"
|
||||
#define IMGVIDE "olono_caseV.png"
|
||||
#define IMGBLANCHE "olono_caseB.png"
|
||||
#define IMGTBLANCHE "olono_caseTB.png"
|
||||
#define IMGNOIRE "olono_caseN.png"
|
||||
#define IMGTNOIRE "olono_caseTN.png"
|
||||
#define IMGJOKER "olono_caseJ.png"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _WINDOW
|
||||
{
|
||||
GtkWidget *pPlateau;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pImage[625];
|
||||
GtkWidget *pEvent[625];
|
||||
GtkWidget *pWindow;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pPrefWindow;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pContainer;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pStatusBar;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pCheckAllowIA;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pCheckiaIsBlack;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pCheckAffJouable;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pCheckCouleurDeb;
|
||||
GtkWidget *pSpinTT;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgBlanche;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgTransBlanche;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgNoire;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgTransNoire;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgVide;
|
||||
GdkPixbuf *imgJoker;
|
||||
GError *gerror;
|
||||
guint contextId01;
|
||||
guint contextId02;
|
||||
} window;
|
||||
|
||||
// Fonctions de modification annexe :
|
||||
void refreshBoard (CASE ** plateau);
|
||||
void montrerCoupsPossibles (char couleur, CASE ** plateau);
|
||||
void freeEverything (void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fonctions de callback :
|
||||
void on_boutonPrecedent_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_boutonSuivant_clicked (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonNouvellePartie_activate (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonQuitter_select (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_menuBoutonQuitter_activate (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_case_clic (GtkWidget * widget,
|
||||
GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_allowIA_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_iaIsBlack_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_showPossibleMoves_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_whiteStart_toggled (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
void on_taillePlateau_value_changed (GtkWidget * widget, gpointer data);
|
||||
|
162
olono_X11/src/libIA-dumb.c
Normal file
162
olono_X11/src/libIA-dumb.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h" // Pour les messages de debug
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place les meilleures coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD noeud; // On crée le noeud-père
|
||||
noeud.couleur = !couleur; // C'est l'adversaire qui vient de jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère ici la valeur du plateau.
|
||||
// On ne s'en sert actuellement pas mais bon...
|
||||
int valeur = minmax(plateau, &noeud, 6, -INFINI, INFINI);
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Veleur supposée du coup: %d\n", valeur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère les coordonnées du meilleur coup directement fils
|
||||
*x = noeud.meilleurX;
|
||||
*y = noeud.meilleurY;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calcule l'arbre des possibilités et renvoie la valeur du noeud en cours
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implémentation de l'algorithme Minimax
|
||||
* S'appelle récursivement pour calculer la valeur d'un noeud à partir des
|
||||
* noeuds fils.
|
||||
* Si un noeud est terminal, sa valeur est sa valeur heuristique (pour le
|
||||
* moment, c'est tout simplement le différentiel de score. Il n'y a pas de
|
||||
* fonction heuristique). Sinon, elle est égale à la plus basse valeur des
|
||||
* fils. (Grâce à la simplification Negamax, pas besoin d'alterner entre plus
|
||||
* bas et plus haut selon qu'on est sur un noeud ennemi ou allié).
|
||||
* A venir: heuristique; élagage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (profondeur <= 0) // Si on est un noeud terminal on renvoie la valeur du plateau
|
||||
{
|
||||
int points[] = {0, 0};
|
||||
score(plateau, points); // Pour le moment, il n'y a pas de fonction heuristique, on prend le score brut
|
||||
return points[(int) noeud->couleur] - points[(int) !(noeud->couleur)]; // Valeur du noeud;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int * listeValides = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule le nombre de fils et on alloue la liste des fils en
|
||||
// onséquence.
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = nbCoupsValides(!(noeud->couleur), plateau, listeValides);
|
||||
//if (noeud->nbDeFils > 2)
|
||||
// noeud->nbDeFils = 2;
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils)
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = calloc(noeud->nbDeFils, sizeof(NOEUD *)); // calloc met la mémoire à 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = malloc(1*sizeof(NOEUD)); // Si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, il passe: 1 noeud
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On alloue le noeud fils
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[i] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[i];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On crée une copie de travail du plateau
|
||||
// (Très consommateur de mémoire)
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule ses coordonnées
|
||||
fils->x = listeValides[i]/taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->y = listeValides[i]%taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On simule le coup sur la copie
|
||||
jouerCoup(fils->x, fils->y, fils->couleur, fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convention Negamax
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
// Libérez la mémoire! Libérez la mémoire!
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Coupure alpha/beta:
|
||||
if (fils->valeur > alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->meilleurX = fils->x;
|
||||
noeud->meilleurY = fils->y;
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
if (alpha >= beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//On élague !
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils == 0) // Je ne peux pas jouer
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = 1; // J'ai donc une seule branche: passer
|
||||
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[0] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[0];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
fils->x = -1; // Inutile pour le moment
|
||||
fils->y = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Je saute donc l'étape "jouer le coup"
|
||||
// Et je calule la valeur des fils
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Le Front de Libération de la Mémoire intervient
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeValides);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
free((noeud->listeFils)[i]);
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
366
olono_X11/src/libIA.c
Normal file
366
olono_X11/src/libIA.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h" // Pour les messages de debug
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
extern arguments args;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place les meilleures coordonnées dans x et y
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD noeud; // On crée le noeud-père
|
||||
noeud.couleur = !couleur; // C'est l'adversaire qui vient de jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère ici la valeur du plateau.
|
||||
// On ne s'en sert actuellement pas mais bon...
|
||||
int valeur = minmax(plateau, &noeud, 6, -INFINI, INFINI);
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Veleur supposée du coup: %d\n", valeur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On récupère les coordonnées du meilleur coup directement fils
|
||||
*x = noeud.meilleurX;
|
||||
*y = noeud.meilleurY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("Valeur de la case: %d\n", valeurCase(*x, *y));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calcule l'arbre des possibilités et renvoie la valeur du noeud en cours
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implémentation de l'algorithme Minimax
|
||||
* S'appelle récursivement pour calculer la valeur d'un noeud à partir des
|
||||
* noeuds fils.
|
||||
* Si un noeud est terminal, sa valeur est sa valeur heuristique (pour le
|
||||
* moment, c'est tout simplement le différentiel de score. Il n'y a pas de
|
||||
* fonction heuristique). Sinon, elle est égale à la plus basse valeur des
|
||||
* fils. (Grâce à la simplification Negamax, pas besoin d'alterner entre plus
|
||||
* bas et plus haut selon qu'on est sur un noeud ennemi ou allié).
|
||||
* A venir: heuristique; élagage
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (profondeur <= 0) // Si on est un noeud terminal on renvoie la valeur du plateau
|
||||
{
|
||||
int score = valeurPlateau(!noeud->couleur, plateau);
|
||||
return score;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int * listeValides = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule le nombre de fils et on alloue la liste des fils en
|
||||
// onséquence.
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = nbCoupsValides(!(noeud->couleur), plateau, listeValides);
|
||||
//if (noeud->nbDeFils > 2)
|
||||
// noeud->nbDeFils = 2;
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils)
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = calloc(noeud->nbDeFils, sizeof(NOEUD *)); // calloc met la mémoire à 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
noeud->listeFils = malloc(1*sizeof(NOEUD)); // Si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, il passe: 1 noeud
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On alloue le noeud fils
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[i] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[i];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On crée une copie de travail du plateau
|
||||
// (Très consommateur de mémoire)
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On calcule ses coordonnées
|
||||
fils->x = listeValides[i]/taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->y = listeValides[i]%taillePlateau;
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
// On simule le coup sur la copie
|
||||
jouerCoup(fils->x, fils->y, fils->couleur, fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convention Negamax
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
// Libérez la mémoire! Libérez la mémoire!
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// Coupure alpha/beta:
|
||||
if (fils->valeur > alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->meilleurX = fils->x;
|
||||
noeud->meilleurY = fils->y;
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
if (alpha >= beta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//On élague !
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (noeud->nbDeFils == 0) // Je ne peux pas jouer
|
||||
{
|
||||
noeud->nbDeFils = 1; // J'ai donc une seule branche: passer
|
||||
|
||||
(noeud->listeFils)[0] = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = (noeud->listeFils)[0];
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
fils->couleur = !(noeud->couleur);
|
||||
fils->x = -1; // Inutile pour le moment
|
||||
fils->y = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Je saute donc l'étape "jouer le coup"
|
||||
// Et je calule la valeur des fils
|
||||
fils->valeur = -minmax(fils->plateau, fils, profondeur-1, -beta, -alpha);
|
||||
alpha = fils->valeur;
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(fils->plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Le Front de Libération de la Mémoire intervient
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeValides);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(noeud->nbDeFils); i++)
|
||||
free((noeud->listeFils)[i]);
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurPlateau(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
int scorePondere[2]={0, 0}, scoreMobilite[2]={0, 0},
|
||||
scoreLignes[2]={0, 0}, scoreBrut[2]={0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
float totalLignes=0, totalMobilite=0,
|
||||
totalBrut=0, totalPondere=0;
|
||||
|
||||
int fPondere , fMobilite,
|
||||
fLignes, fBrut; // les facteur qui viennent ponderer les scores
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* La mobilite prend plus d'importance au fur et a mesure qu'on avance dans
|
||||
* le jeu, idem pour le score brut mais l'importance vient plus
|
||||
* progressivement
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score pondéré prend de l'importance en milieu de jeu et en perd au
|
||||
* fur et à mesure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score des lignes prend de l'importance en milieu de jeu et en gagne
|
||||
* petit a petit, mais jamais trop
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Le score brut prend de l'importance tardivement mais devient presque la
|
||||
* seule vers la fin
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
BRUT
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
score(plateau, scoreBrut);
|
||||
if (scoreBrut[BLANC] + scoreBrut[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalBrut = proportion((float) scoreBrut[(int) couleur], (float) scoreBrut[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fBrut = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fBrut = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//erreur("Total Brut: %f\n", totalBrut);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
PONDERE
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x = i%taillePlateau, y=i/taillePlateau;
|
||||
char contenu = adresseParXY(x, y, plateau)->couleur;
|
||||
if (contenu == BLANC || contenu == NOIR)
|
||||
scorePondere[(int) contenu] += valeurCase(x, y);
|
||||
//erreur("Valeur de la case %d,%d: %d\n", x, y, valeurCase(x, y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (scoreBrut[BLANC] + scoreBrut[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalPondere = proportion((float) scorePondere[(int) couleur], (float) scorePondere[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fPondere = 5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fPondere = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//erreur("Total pondéré:%f\n", totalPondere);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
LIGNES
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int lin = valeurLigne(i, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
int col = valeurColonne(i, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (lin>0)
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) couleur] += lin;
|
||||
else
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) !couleur] -= lin;
|
||||
|
||||
if (col>0)
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) couleur] += col;
|
||||
else
|
||||
scoreLignes[(int) !couleur] -= col;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (scoreLignes[BLANC] + scoreLignes[NOIR] > 0) // Au moins un joueur a des lignes
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le total est la proportion des points qu'a le joueur
|
||||
totalLignes = proportion((float) scoreLignes[(int) couleur], (float) scoreLignes[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fLignes = 1.5;
|
||||
//erreur("Total Lignes:%f\n", totalLignes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Personne n'a de ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
fLignes = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * *\
|
||||
MOBILITE
|
||||
\* * * * */
|
||||
int * temp = malloc(taillePlateau*taillePlateau*sizeof(int));
|
||||
scoreMobilite[BLANC] = nbCoupsValides(BLANC, plateau, temp);
|
||||
scoreMobilite[NOIR] = nbCoupsValides(NOIR, plateau, temp);
|
||||
free(temp);
|
||||
if (scoreMobilite[BLANC] + scoreMobilite[NOIR] > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
totalMobilite = proportion((float) scoreMobilite[(int) couleur], (float) scoreMobilite[(int) !couleur]);
|
||||
fMobilite = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fMobilite = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int retour = 100 * ((totalPondere*fPondere) +
|
||||
(totalBrut*fBrut) +
|
||||
(totalLignes*fLignes) +
|
||||
(totalMobilite*fMobilite)) /
|
||||
(fPondere+fBrut+fLignes+fMobilite);
|
||||
|
||||
//erreur("Valeur du plateau suivant:%d", retour);
|
||||
//affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
return retour;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurColonne(int colonne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pions[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; // Seuls les deux premieres cases seront lues.
|
||||
// En avoir 4 permet seulement d'avoir moins
|
||||
// de tests
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
(pions[(int) adresseParXY(i, colonne, plateau)->couleur])++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pions[(int) couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1) // La colonne est au joueur: Il a toute la colonne (sauf éventuellement un point)
|
||||
return max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - colonne)); // sans le max, renverrait 0 pour la colonne du milieu...
|
||||
|
||||
// On renvoie un négatif si c'est l'ennemi
|
||||
if (pions[!couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1)
|
||||
return - max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - colonne));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurLigne(int ligne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pions[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; // Seuls les deux premieres cases seront lues.
|
||||
// En avoir 4 permet seulement d'avoir moins
|
||||
// de tests
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
(pions[(int) adresseParXY(ligne, i, plateau)->couleur])++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pions[(int) couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1) // La ligne est au joueur: Il a toute la ligne (sauf éventuellement un point)
|
||||
return max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - ligne)); // sans le max, renverrait 0 pour la ligne du milieu...
|
||||
|
||||
// On renvoie un négatif si c'est l'ennemi
|
||||
if (pions[!couleur] + pions[JOKER] >= taillePlateau-1)
|
||||
return - max(1, abs( (taillePlateau/2) - ligne));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int valeurCase(int x, int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = min(x, taillePlateau-x-1);
|
||||
y = min(y, taillePlateau-y-1);
|
||||
if (x > 1 && y > 1) // On est au milieu du plateau
|
||||
return 40*(x+y)*taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
if (x == 1 || y == 1) // On est sur l'avant dernière ligne
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x==y) // On est en diagonale du coin
|
||||
return 0; // La plus basse valeur
|
||||
if (x==0 || y==0) // On est sur un bord, à coté d'un coin
|
||||
return 50*taillePlateau;
|
||||
// Sinon:
|
||||
return 150*taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (x == 0 || y == 0) // On est sur un bord, mais pas a coté du coin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x==y) // On est sur le coin !!!
|
||||
return 3500*taillePlateau;
|
||||
// Sinon, on est juste sur un bord:
|
||||
return 600*taillePlateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
erreur("PAS GLOP!!!!\n");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
34
olono_X11/src/libIA.h
Normal file
34
olono_X11/src/libIA.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_IA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int meilleurXY(CASE *plateau[], char couleur, int * x, int * y);
|
||||
int minmax(CASE *plateau[], NOEUD * noeud, int profondeur, int alpha, int beta);
|
||||
int valeurPlateau(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int valeurCase(int x, int y);
|
||||
int valeurLigne(int ligne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int valeurColonne(int colonne, char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
686
olono_X11/src/libPlay.c
Normal file
686
olono_X11/src/libPlay.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libPlay.c
|
||||
* Librairie indépendante du mode d'affichage.
|
||||
* Elle gère toutes les règles du jeu et s'occupe d'effectuer les mouvements
|
||||
* comme les retournements de pions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static int elaguer(NOEUD * noeud);
|
||||
|
||||
static NOEUD tronc; // Le plateau d'origine
|
||||
static NOEUD * actuel; // Pointe en permanence sur le plateau en cours
|
||||
|
||||
extern int taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie 0 si le coup n'est pas valide, le nombre de pièces qu'il retourne sinon.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction renvoie le nombre de pièces à retourner et met les
|
||||
* coordonnées des pièces à retourner dans le pointeur listeCoups.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* La liste increments contient les vecteurs selon lesquels parcourir le
|
||||
* tableau: on suit toutes les droites et diagonales (première boucle for).
|
||||
* Au début de chaque vecteur, on vérifie qu'on reste dans la plateau, que
|
||||
* la case immédiatement n'est ni vide ni de la couleur du joueur. Dans le
|
||||
* cas contraire, on passe immédiatement au vecteur suivant.
|
||||
* Une fois ces prérequis vérifiés, on parcourt la suite du vecteur à la
|
||||
* recherche d'une pierre amie (le while). On met les coordonnées des pions
|
||||
* qui se trouvent sur le chemin. Si on trouve effectivement une pierre amie,
|
||||
* le compteur total de pion à retourner est incrémenté.
|
||||
* coupsTemp permet, si on ne rencontre pas d'amie, de ne pas fausser le compte
|
||||
* de coups
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A tout moment, si on rencontre un joker, on le saute, c'est à dire qu'on
|
||||
* fait un continue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char lister(int x,int y,char couleur,CASE *plateau[], int listeCoups[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE caseDepart;
|
||||
char increments[8][2] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{-1, -1},
|
||||
{-1, 0},
|
||||
{-1, 1},
|
||||
{ 0, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 0},
|
||||
{ 1, -1},
|
||||
{ 0, -1}
|
||||
}; // Liste des vecteurs
|
||||
int inc=0; // Parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
int coups=0, coupsTemp; // Compteur de nombre de pions retournés
|
||||
char rencontre = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
caseDepart = *adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (caseDepart.couleur != VIDE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
for (inc=0; inc<8; inc++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char incX=increments[inc][0], incY=increments[inc][1];
|
||||
char couleurCase;
|
||||
CASE * caseTemp;
|
||||
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(caseDepart, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
// Si on est au bord du plateau ou s'il y a eu une erreur
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Si on tombe ensuite sur une case de la meme couleur ou vide, on saute
|
||||
if ( (caseTemp->couleur == couleur) || (caseTemp->couleur == VIDE) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dans les autres cas, on continue d'incrementer
|
||||
coupsTemp=1; // On retourne potentiellement 1 pion
|
||||
// On l'ajoute à la liste des coups
|
||||
listeCoups[coups] = (caseTemp->x)*taillePlateau + caseTemp->y;
|
||||
while (1) // Pas besoin de vérification puisqu'on sort avec un break
|
||||
{
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(*caseTemp, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
break; // Il y a pas de case suivante. On est arrivé au bord sans trouver d'ami
|
||||
couleurCase = caseTemp->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur le joker, on passe cette case:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == JOKER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Case Vide, Stop:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == VIDE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur un ami:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rencontre = 1;
|
||||
break; // On a trouve qqn et on a rentre les coups. On passe au vecteur suivant
|
||||
}
|
||||
// On est tombé sur un ennemi, on l'ajoute
|
||||
listeCoups[coups + (coupsTemp++)] = (caseTemp->x)*taillePlateau + caseTemp->y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rencontre)
|
||||
coups += coupsTemp;
|
||||
coupsTemp = 0;
|
||||
rencontre = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return coups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie 1 si le coup est valide, 0 pour invalide
|
||||
char valide(int x, int y, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE caseDepart;
|
||||
char increments[8][2] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{-1, -1},
|
||||
{-1, 0},
|
||||
{-1, 1},
|
||||
{ 0, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 1},
|
||||
{ 1, 0},
|
||||
{ 1, -1},
|
||||
{ 0, -1}
|
||||
}; // Liste des vecteurs
|
||||
int inc=0; // Parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
char rencontre = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
caseDepart = *adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (caseDepart.couleur != VIDE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On parcourt les vecteurs
|
||||
for (inc=0; inc<8; inc++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char incX=increments[inc][0], incY=increments[inc][1];
|
||||
char couleurCase;
|
||||
CASE * caseTemp;
|
||||
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(caseDepart, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
// Si on est au bord du plateau ou s'il y a eu une erreur
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Si on tombe ensuite sur une case de la meme couleur ou vide, on saute
|
||||
if ( (caseTemp->couleur == couleur) || (caseTemp->couleur == VIDE) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dans les autres cas, on continue d'incrementer
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
caseTemp = caseSuivante(*caseTemp, incX, incY, plateau);
|
||||
if (caseTemp == NULL)
|
||||
break; // Il y a pas de case suivante. On est arrivé au bord sans trouver d'ami
|
||||
couleurCase = caseTemp->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on tombe sur le joker, on passe cette case:
|
||||
if (couleurCase == JOKER)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Case Vide, Stop:
|
||||
else if (couleurCase == VIDE)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// On a trouvé un pote !
|
||||
else if (couleurCase == couleur)
|
||||
rencontre = 1;
|
||||
} while(!rencontre);
|
||||
if (rencontre)
|
||||
return 1; // Au moins 1 vecteur
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0; // Rien trouvé: pas valide
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoie le nombre de coups valides
|
||||
char nbCoupsValides(char couleur, CASE *plateau[], int listeValides[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
char i, j;
|
||||
int coups=0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (valide(i, j, couleur, plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
listeValides[coups] = i*taillePlateau + j;
|
||||
coups++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return coups; // Rien trouvé: pas valide
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Retourne un Pion
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Échange, entre NOIR et BLANC, la couleur d'une case.
|
||||
* Si la case est vide ou un joker, ne fait rien.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void retourne(int x, int y, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE * caseARetourner = adresseParXY(x, y, plateau);
|
||||
char couleur = caseARetourner->couleur;
|
||||
|
||||
// Le reste est tout con
|
||||
if (couleur == BLANC)
|
||||
couleur = NOIR;
|
||||
// Important tout de même de else if, sinon ça ne marche pas.
|
||||
else if (couleur == NOIR)
|
||||
couleur = BLANC;
|
||||
// Si c JOKER VIDE ou quoi que ce soit d'autre on se casse, c'est pas notre boulot.
|
||||
else
|
||||
return;
|
||||
caseARetourner->couleur = couleur;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Joue le tour actuel si possible.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction, appelée par le main, joue le tour d'un joueur passé
|
||||
* en argument. S'il y a lieu, il retourne les pions et place le pion du
|
||||
* joueur.
|
||||
* Elle renvoie ensuite le nombre de pièces retournées.
|
||||
* Donc si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, la fonction ne fait rien et renvoie 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int peutJouer(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
// On cherche s'il existe au moins 1 coup possible
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(valide(i, j, couleur, plateau))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Place un pion et retourne les pions adéquats
|
||||
int jouerCoup(int x, int y, char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbCoups;
|
||||
int * listeCoups = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
nbCoups = lister(x, y, couleur, plateau, listeCoups);
|
||||
if (!nbCoups)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(listeCoups);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<nbCoups; i++) // On retourne les pions
|
||||
retourne(listeCoups[i]/taillePlateau, listeCoups[i]%taillePlateau, plateau);
|
||||
adresseParXY(x, y, plateau)->couleur = couleur; // On pose le pion
|
||||
|
||||
free(listeCoups);
|
||||
return nbCoups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Teste la fin de partie.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* La partie se finit si le plateau est rempli ou si un joueur n'as plus de
|
||||
* pièces sur le plateau (Là, il l'a mauvaise). Dans ce cas cette fonction renvoi 1.
|
||||
* Tant que la partie n'est pas finie, cette fonction renvoi 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int testFinPartie(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int unicolore=1, plein=1;
|
||||
char couleur[2] = {0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE pion = *adresseParXY(i, j, plateau);
|
||||
if (pion.couleur == JOKER)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (plein && (pion.couleur == VIDE))
|
||||
plein =0;
|
||||
if (unicolore && (pion.couleur != VIDE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
couleur[0] |= (pion.couleur == BLANC);
|
||||
// couleur[0] passe ou reste à 1 si on est sur une case blanche
|
||||
couleur[1] |= (pion.couleur == NOIR);
|
||||
if (couleur[0] && couleur[1])
|
||||
unicolore = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Si on n'est ni unicolore ni plein, la partie est pas finie
|
||||
if (!(unicolore || plein))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoi le score de fin de partie.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction compte le nombre de pions blancs et noirs afin de
|
||||
* déterminer le score de fin de partie (donc pour que ce soit sensé :
|
||||
* l'utiliser en fin de partie ...)
|
||||
* Le score est rangé dans un tableau passé en argument,
|
||||
* de la forme : score[blanc,noir].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void score(CASE *plateau[], int * points)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Déclaration des variables de boucle et de stockage :
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
|
||||
// On lit
|
||||
for (i=0; i<taillePlateau; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (adresseParXY(i, j, plateau)->couleur == BLANC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
points[0]++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (adresseParXY(i, j, plateau)->couleur == NOIR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
points[1]++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renvoit un simple pointeur comme tableau multidim
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Crée et envoie une liste de pointeurs qui représente le tableau.
|
||||
* Le pointeur renvoyé représente les colonne et chaque pointeur dans cette
|
||||
* liste est une ligne. Le tableau renvoyé est initialisé à VIDE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CASE ** createPlateau()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On crée une liste de pointeurs sur les cases
|
||||
CASE ** plateau = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(CASE *));
|
||||
//erreur("Création d'un plateau à l'adresse %p\n", plateau);
|
||||
// On crée maintenant chaque case, et on met son pointeur dans la liste
|
||||
int i=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau);i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plateau[i] = malloc(sizeof(CASE));
|
||||
plateau[i]->x = i / taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->y = i % taillePlateau;
|
||||
plateau[i]->couleur = VIDE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Cette fonction renvoit un pointeur sur le plateau
|
||||
// pour modif et affichage ultérieur.
|
||||
return plateau;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Copie un plateau passé en argument. utilise taillePlateau
|
||||
CASE ** copiePlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
CASE ** copie = malloc(taillePlateau * taillePlateau * sizeof(CASE *));
|
||||
//erreur("Copie du plateau %p en %p\n", plateau, copie);
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
copie[i] = malloc(sizeof(CASE));
|
||||
copie[i]->x = i / taillePlateau;
|
||||
copie[i]->y = i % taillePlateau;
|
||||
copie[i]->couleur = adresseParXY(copie[i]->x, copie[i]->y, plateau)->couleur;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return copie;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Rempli le centre d'un tableau passé en argument
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialise la partie en ajoutant au tableau vide le carré central donné
|
||||
* en consigne. Il contient un Joker en son centre.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void initPlateau(CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Le motif donné par la consigne :
|
||||
char motif[9];
|
||||
if (taillePlateau % 2 == 1) // Plateau Impair
|
||||
{
|
||||
// La position de début du motif est à :
|
||||
int debut = (taillePlateau/2)-1;
|
||||
|
||||
motif[0] = BLANC; motif[1] = NOIR; motif[2] = BLANC;
|
||||
motif[3] = BLANC; motif[4] = JOKER; motif[5] = NOIR;
|
||||
motif[6] = NOIR; motif[7] = BLANC; motif[8] = NOIR;
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<3;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<3;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
adresseParXY(debut+i, debut+j, plateau)->couleur = motif[j*3+i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// La position de début du motif est à :
|
||||
int debut = (taillePlateau/2)-1;
|
||||
|
||||
motif[0] = BLANC; motif[1] = NOIR;
|
||||
motif[2] = NOIR; motif[3] = BLANC;
|
||||
|
||||
int i=0,j=0;
|
||||
for (i=0;i<2;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<2;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
adresseParXY(debut+i, debut+j, plateau)->couleur = motif[j*2+i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Trouve un coup et l'envoit
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fait appel à la libIA pour trouver le meilleur coup dans la position donnée
|
||||
* Envoit ensuite le coup via la libDisplay (ecrire())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerSonTour(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
|
||||
//erreur("On afiche le plateau que reçoit l'IA:\n");
|
||||
affichePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!peutJouer(couleur, plateau))
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = meilleurXY(plateau, couleur, &x, &y);
|
||||
pasDeCoup();
|
||||
//erreur("L'IA ne peut pas jouer\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = meilleurXY(plateau, couleur, &x, &y); // Trouve le meilleur coup
|
||||
if (retour)
|
||||
return -1; // Erreur !
|
||||
|
||||
envoyerXY(x, y);
|
||||
retour = jouerCoup(x, y, couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == 0)
|
||||
return -1; // Erreur comise
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0; // Tout s'est bien déroulé
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Lit le coup adverse et le joue
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Via la libDisplay, on lit le coup adverse (lireCoup())
|
||||
* Puis on le joue. S'il est illégal, on retourne un erreur.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerTourAdverse(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int retour;
|
||||
char x;
|
||||
int y;
|
||||
|
||||
retour = lireCoup(&x, &y);
|
||||
if (retour == 0) // L'adversaire a joué
|
||||
{
|
||||
retour = jouerCoup(x, y, !couleur, plateau);
|
||||
if (retour == 0) // Aucun pion retourné
|
||||
return -1; // L'adversaire a joué un coup illégal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (retour == 1)
|
||||
return 1; // L'adversaire n'avait pas de coup}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0; // L'adversaire a joué correctement
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Joue le tour actuel si possible.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction, appelée par le main, joue le tour d'un joueur passé
|
||||
* en argument. S'il y a lieu, il retourne les pions et place le pion du
|
||||
* joueur.
|
||||
* Elle renvoie ensuite le nombre de pièces retournées.
|
||||
* Donc si le joueur ne peut pas jouer, la fonction ne fait rien et renvoie 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int jouerTourSimple(char couleur, CASE *plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nbCoups=0;
|
||||
int coords[2] = {0, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
// On cherche s'il existe au moins 1 coup possible
|
||||
if(!peutJouer(couleur, plateau))
|
||||
return 0; // Le joueur ne peut pas jouer
|
||||
|
||||
// On demande le coup du joueur
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
demanderXY(coords);
|
||||
nbCoups = jouerCoup(coords[0], coords[1], couleur, plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (nbCoups == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return nbCoups;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Initialise l'historique avec le plateau/tronc
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Après cette fonction, le tronc contient le plateau de départ
|
||||
* (On peut partir avec un plateau de partie déjà en cours)
|
||||
* Et actuel pointe sur le tronc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NOEUD * initHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tronc.nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
tronc.listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
tronc.plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
tronc.couleur = !couleur;
|
||||
tronc.pere = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = &tronc;
|
||||
|
||||
return &tronc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! ajoute un fils au noeud actuel
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L'historique supporte les variantes: un noeud peut avoir plusieurs fils
|
||||
* Cette fonction retourne un pointeur vers le noeud crée
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NOEUD * majHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = malloc(sizeof(NOEUD));
|
||||
fils->nbDeFils = 0;
|
||||
fils->listeFils = NULL;
|
||||
fils->plateau = copiePlateau(plateau);
|
||||
fils->couleur = couleur;
|
||||
fils->pere = actuel;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO : Si le fils existe déjà, il faut pas le recrée
|
||||
|
||||
ajouteFils(actuel, fils);
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = fils;
|
||||
return actuel; // On informe le programme de l'emplacement du nouveau noeud
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Libère les noeuds de l'historique
|
||||
void endHistorique()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
elaguer(&tronc); // On passe du désherbant hyperpuissant
|
||||
|
||||
for (j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free(tronc.plateau[j]);
|
||||
free(tronc.plateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur son propre père.
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reculerHistorique(CASE * plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (actuel->pere != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
actuel = actuel->pere;
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur le noeud passé en argument
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char sauterHistorique(CASE * plateau[], NOEUD * destination)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (destination == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
actuel = destination;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! renvoie la couleur du joueur dont c'est le tour
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fais pointer actuel sur son premier fils
|
||||
* Recopie ensuite le plateau du noeud actuel dans le plateau passé en
|
||||
* argument.
|
||||
* Renvoie BLANC si on est au tronc; l'inverse de la couleur du plateau sinon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char avancerHistorique(CASE * plateau[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (actuel->nbDeFils <= 0 || actuel->listeFils == NULL)
|
||||
return (actuel->couleur == VIDE) ? BLANC : !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
|
||||
actuel = actuel->listeFils[actuel->nbDeFils - 1];
|
||||
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
for (j=0; j<taillePlateau*taillePlateau; j++)
|
||||
*(plateau[j]) = *(actuel->plateau[j]);
|
||||
|
||||
return !(actuel->couleur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Ajoute un fils à la liste d'un noeud
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utilise realloc pour agrandir la liste du pere(premier argument) et
|
||||
* ajoute un pointeur vers le fils(2ème argument) à la liste.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ajouteFils(NOEUD * pere, NOEUD * fils)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(pere->nbDeFils)++;
|
||||
// On étend la liste
|
||||
pere->listeFils = realloc(pere->listeFils, pere->nbDeFils * sizeof(NOEUD *));
|
||||
|
||||
pere->listeFils[pere->nbDeFils - 1] = fils;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! libère tout les fils d'un noeud
|
||||
static int elaguer(NOEUD * noeud)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
for (i=0; i<noeud->nbDeFils; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOEUD * fils = noeud->listeFils[i];
|
||||
if (fils->listeFils != NULL) // Ce fils a des fils, donc appel récursif de cette fonction
|
||||
elaguer(fils);
|
||||
|
||||
// On libère le plateau:
|
||||
for(j=0; j<(taillePlateau*taillePlateau); j++)
|
||||
free((fils->plateau)[j]);
|
||||
free(fils->plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// On peut maintenant libérer ce fils
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// On libère la liste des fils:
|
||||
free(noeud->listeFils);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
54
olono_X11/src/libPlay.h
Normal file
54
olono_X11/src/libPlay.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of Olono
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* libPlay.h
|
||||
* Prototypes de libPlay.c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIB_PLAY_H
|
||||
#define _LIB_PLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
|
||||
char lister(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[], int listeCoups[]);
|
||||
char valide(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
char nbCoupsValides(char couleur, CASE *plateau[], int listeValides[]);
|
||||
void retourne(int x, int y, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int peutJouer(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerCoup(int x, int y, char couleur, struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int testFinPartie(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void score(struct _CASE *plateau[], int * points);
|
||||
struct _CASE ** createPlateau();
|
||||
struct _CASE ** copiePlateau(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
void initPlateau(struct _CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerSonTour(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerTourAdverse(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
int jouerTourSimple(char couleur, CASE *plateau[]);
|
||||
NOEUD * initHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur);
|
||||
NOEUD * majHistorique(CASE *plateau[], char couleur);
|
||||
void endHistorique();
|
||||
char reculerHistorique(CASE * plateau[]);
|
||||
char sauterHistorique(CASE * plateau[], NOEUD * destination);
|
||||
char avancerHistorique(CASE * plateau[]);
|
||||
void ajouteFils(NOEUD * pere, NOEUD * fils);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
333
olono_X11/src/main.c
Normal file
333
olono_X11/src/main.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
|
|||
/* This file is part of OloNO
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Martin Potier (<mpotier@isep.fr>) and
|
||||
David Wagner (<dwagner@isep.fr>)
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 3
|
||||
of the License.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* main.c
|
||||
* Contient la boucle principale du programme
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <argp.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Hey, passage en graphique
|
||||
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
|
||||
#include <glade/glade.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// On inclu nos librairies personnelles (attention le chemin est par rapport à .
|
||||
/// pas par rapport à BASEDIR, et ce, malgrès le make général ! ):
|
||||
#include "libDefine.h"
|
||||
#include "libGUI.h"
|
||||
#include "libIA.h"
|
||||
#include "libPlay.h"
|
||||
#include "libCases.h"
|
||||
#include "libDisplay.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Certains compilos définissent _WIN32, d'autres __WIN32
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
#ifndef __WIN32
|
||||
#define __WIN32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// INIT 1 : Préférences globales (built-in default)
|
||||
int couleurDepart = BLANC; /// Couleur de départ par défaut;
|
||||
int allowIA = 0; /// Faire jouer l'IA;
|
||||
int couleurIA = NOIR; /// Couleur de l'IA
|
||||
int affJouable = 0; /// Afficher les positions jouables;
|
||||
int taillePlateau = 8; /// Taille du plateau par défaut;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Variables globales :
|
||||
int jeton = BLANC; /// Comme la couleur de départ;
|
||||
int aPuJouer[] = {1, 1}; /// Indique que les blancs et les noirs peuvent jouer
|
||||
int points[] = {0, 0}; /// Points obtenus pour les blancs et les noirs
|
||||
|
||||
window *wOlono; /// Les widgets sont accessibles de n'importe où.
|
||||
struct _CASE **plateau;
|
||||
arguments args;
|
||||
NOEUD *tronc;
|
||||
preferences prefs;
|
||||
|
||||
FILE * fichierPreferences = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// On utilise agrp pour traiter les options, c'est GNU et c'est joli
|
||||
// Par contre, il faut un peu de définition, d'où le bloc suivant :
|
||||
|
||||
// ############################################################### //
|
||||
// ### Ici la magnifique structure bordélique de argp : ########## //
|
||||
// ############################################################### //
|
||||
//{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
OPTIONS. Field 1 in ARGP.
|
||||
Order of fields: {NAME, KEY, ARG, FLAGS, DOC}.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct argp_option options[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{"taille-plateau", 't', "taillePlateau", 0, "Changer la taille de plateau par défaut (9)"},
|
||||
{"verbose", 'v', 0, 0, "Activer les commentaires étendus"},
|
||||
{"Tore", 'T', 0, 0, "Avoir un plateau Toroïdal (les bords sont connectés)"},
|
||||
{0}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
PARSER. Field 2 in ARGP.
|
||||
Order of parameters: KEY, ARG, STATE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static error_t
|
||||
parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
arguments *args = state->input;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 't':
|
||||
args->taillePlateau = (int) arg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'v':
|
||||
args->verbose = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'T':
|
||||
args->Tore = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
ARGS_DOC. Field 3 in ARGP.
|
||||
A description of the non-option command-line arguments
|
||||
that we accept.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char args_doc[] = "";
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
DOC. Field 4 in ARGP.
|
||||
Program documentation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char doc[] =
|
||||
"OloNO -- A program to play Othello, simply way better \vOloNO is Not an Othello - C project 2008-2009";
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
The ARGP structure itself.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct argp argp =
|
||||
{
|
||||
options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const char *argp_program_version =
|
||||
"OloNO " VERSION " - édition 42";
|
||||
|
||||
const char *argp_program_bug_address =
|
||||
"<dwagner@isep.fr> &| <mpotier@isep.fr>";
|
||||
|
||||
//}
|
||||
// ############################################################### //
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
///! Lance le programme
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Cette fonction est la boucle principale du programme.
|
||||
* Elle permet de rassembler toutes les autres fonctions dans un contenu reflétant
|
||||
* le fonctionnement du programme. Pour comprendre le fonctionnement d'un programme,
|
||||
* lire le main() devrait suffire.
|
||||
* Dans notre cas en revanche ce n'est pas tout à fait exact, car gtk implique
|
||||
* une execution évènementielle, c'est à dire une éxécution basée sur les
|
||||
* évènements. Le programme ne se lit donc plus du haut vers le bas, mais en
|
||||
* fonction des évènements liés à des fonctions dites de callback, dans le fichier
|
||||
* libGUI.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(int argc, char ** argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// Commençons par charger les préférences, si elles existent. On ouvre le fichier
|
||||
// en lecture pour charger la structure préférences :
|
||||
fichierPreferences = fopen(".olonoPrefs", "rb");
|
||||
if (fichierPreferences == NULL)
|
||||
erreur("Pas de fichier de préférences trouvé\n");
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// On lit 1 élément de donnée de longueur preferences depuis le fichier
|
||||
// fPreferences pour le stocker dans la variable prefs (de type preferences)
|
||||
fread(&prefs,sizeof(preferences),1,fichierPreferences);
|
||||
|
||||
/// INIT 2 : Préférences globales (from file)
|
||||
couleurDepart = prefs.couleurDepart;
|
||||
allowIA = prefs.allowIA;
|
||||
couleurIA = prefs.couleurIA;
|
||||
affJouable = prefs.affJouable;
|
||||
taillePlateau = prefs.taillePlateau;
|
||||
|
||||
if (args.verbose)
|
||||
ecrire("Chargement de :\n\t couleurDepart: %d, allowIA : %d\n\t couleurIA : %d, taillePlateau: %d",couleurDepart,allowIA,couleurIA,taillePlateau);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* On initialise les arguments à leur valeur par défaut */
|
||||
args.taillePlateau = 0;
|
||||
args.verbose = 0;
|
||||
args.Tore = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is where the magic should happen | Attention, instant magique ... */
|
||||
argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, &args);
|
||||
|
||||
/// INIT 3 : Préférences globales (from)
|
||||
if (args.taillePlateau != 0)
|
||||
if (atoi((char*) args.taillePlateau) <= 25 && atoi((char*) args.taillePlateau) >= 4)
|
||||
taillePlateau = atoi((char*) args.taillePlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Les 3 priorités d'initialisation étant terminées, on peut désormais
|
||||
// assigner la couleur de départ du jeton :
|
||||
jeton = couleurDepart;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// ######################################################################## ///
|
||||
/// ### On commence les choses sérieuses ici (cad le main) ################# ///
|
||||
/// ######################################################################## ///
|
||||
|
||||
gint i=0,j=0,n=0;
|
||||
CASE caseActuelle[625];
|
||||
|
||||
wOlono = g_malloc(sizeof(window));
|
||||
|
||||
plateau = createPlateau();
|
||||
initPlateau(plateau);
|
||||
tronc = initHistorique(plateau,couleurDepart);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// ######################################################################## ///
|
||||
/// ### On fait chauffer l'Interface Graphique ############################# ///
|
||||
/// ######################################################################## ///
|
||||
GladeXML *xml;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialisation de la lib GTK+ */
|
||||
gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
|
||||
|
||||
/* load the interface and complete it with the variable pieces */
|
||||
xml = glade_xml_new(DATADIR "/" GLADEDIR "/" GLADEFILE, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* connect the signals in the interface */
|
||||
glade_xml_signal_autoconnect(xml);
|
||||
|
||||
/* // timer up*/
|
||||
/* wOlono->pIAClock = g_timer_new();*/
|
||||
/* g_timer_start(wOlono->pIAClock);*/
|
||||
|
||||
// get the main Window
|
||||
wOlono->pWindow = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "olonoWindow");
|
||||
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (wOlono->pWindow), "OloNO v" VERSION);
|
||||
|
||||
// get checkBoxes, and set their values
|
||||
wOlono->pCheckAllowIA = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "allowIA");
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckAllowIA),allowIA);
|
||||
wOlono->pCheckiaIsBlack = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "iaIsBlack");
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckiaIsBlack),couleurIA);
|
||||
wOlono->pCheckAffJouable = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "showPossibleMoves");
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckAffJouable),affJouable);
|
||||
wOlono->pCheckCouleurDeb = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "whiteStart");
|
||||
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wOlono->pCheckCouleurDeb),!couleurDepart);
|
||||
|
||||
// also get the spin button and set the default value :
|
||||
wOlono->pSpinTT = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "taillePlateau");
|
||||
gtk_spin_button_set_value(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON (wOlono->pSpinTT),taillePlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
// why not speak to the prefs window too ?
|
||||
wOlono->pPrefWindow = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "olonoPreferences");
|
||||
|
||||
// get the status bar :
|
||||
wOlono->pStatusBar = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "barreDesTaches");
|
||||
|
||||
// creating context ids :
|
||||
wOlono->contextId01 = gtk_statusbar_get_context_id(GTK_STATUSBAR(wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
"MsgTour");
|
||||
wOlono->contextId02 = gtk_statusbar_get_context_id(GTK_STATUSBAR(wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
"MsgScore");
|
||||
|
||||
// creating first blank message for contextId01 :
|
||||
gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (wOlono->pStatusBar),
|
||||
GPOINTER_TO_INT(wOlono->contextId01),"Bienvenue - Youkoso");
|
||||
|
||||
// On s'occupe de charger les images en mémoire :
|
||||
wOlono->imgVide = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGVIDE,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
wOlono->imgBlanche = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGBLANCHE,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
wOlono->imgNoire = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGNOIRE,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
wOlono->imgJoker = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGJOKER,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
|
||||
// Puis on créé les dérivées transparentes :
|
||||
wOlono->imgTransBlanche = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGTBLANCHE,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
wOlono->imgTransNoire = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(DATADIR "/" IMGDIR "/" IMGTNOIRE,&wOlono->gerror);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// set the plateau.
|
||||
wOlono->pPlateau = gtk_table_new(taillePlateau,taillePlateau,TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0;i<taillePlateau;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (j=0;j<taillePlateau;j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
n=i*taillePlateau+j;
|
||||
wOlono->pImage[n] = gtk_image_new();
|
||||
wOlono->pEvent[n] = gtk_event_box_new ();
|
||||
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wOlono->pEvent[n]), wOlono->pImage[n]);
|
||||
|
||||
// Important : On place le gtk_event_box au dessus sinon on peut pas
|
||||
// recevoir des évènements, puisqu'il est caché par l'image.
|
||||
gtk_event_box_set_above_child (GTK_EVENT_BOX (wOlono->pEvent[n]),1);
|
||||
|
||||
// On rempli caseActuelle :
|
||||
caseActuelle[n].x = i;
|
||||
caseActuelle[n].y = j;
|
||||
|
||||
// On connecte chaque signal à la fonction callback :
|
||||
g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wOlono->pEvent[n]),
|
||||
"button_press_event",
|
||||
G_CALLBACK (on_case_clic),
|
||||
&caseActuelle[n]);
|
||||
|
||||
gtk_table_attach_defaults (GTK_TABLE (wOlono->pPlateau),
|
||||
wOlono->pEvent[n], i, i+1, j, j+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Rafraichit le plateau (fait concorder celui en mémoire et celui affiché) */
|
||||
refreshBoard(plateau);
|
||||
|
||||
wOlono->pContainer = glade_xml_get_widget(xml, "cadreAspect");
|
||||
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(wOlono->pContainer), wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
/* For all the abandonned widgets ie plateau */
|
||||
gtk_widget_show_all (wOlono->pPlateau);
|
||||
|
||||
/* start the event loop */
|
||||
gtk_main();
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
674
olono_console/COPYING
Normal file
674
olono_console/COPYING
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||